Honeywell Security. Intruder Alarm Systems Access Control Systems Hazard Management Systems

Size: px
Start display at page:

Download "Honeywell Security. Intruder Alarm Systems Access Control Systems Hazard Management Systems"

Transcription

1 Honeywell Security Intruder Alarm Systems Access Control Systems Hazard Management Systems Systems Product Catalogue 2008/2009

2 2

3 Customer Service Centre Our office hours are as follows: Monday to Thursday from 7.30 am to 5.00 pm and Friday from 7.30 am to 3.00 pm, german time. Albstadt Manager Achim Simmendinger +49 (0) 74 31/ Teamleader Peter Koch +49 (0) 74 31/ Office Manager Ute Erdmann +49 (0) 74 31/ Fax +49 (0) 74 31/ Regarding intrusion detection systems Collective call +49 (0) 74 31/ Regarding access control Collective call +49 (0) 74 31/ Regarding time recording Collective call +49 (0) 74 31/ Regarding WINMAG Collective call +49 (0) 74 31/ Regarding fire alarm systems Collective call +49 (0) 74 31/ Regarding escape route technology Collective call +49 (0) 74 31/ Processing of Repairs and Replacement Components Our office hours are as follows: Monday to Thursday from 7.30 am to 4.30 pm and Friday from 7.30 am to 2.30 pm, german time. Manager Otto Trenker +49 (0) 74 31/ Frank Jenter +49 (0) 74 31/ Fax +49 (0) 74 31/

4 Abbreviations The desired compactness of this list has made it necessary to work with abbreviations for some article designations. For your orientation, the most frequent abbreviations (legend) are listed below. AC = Alternating current AM = Anti-Masking BMT, FDT = Fire detection technology BS = Block lock BUS-1 = Bus system 1 BUS-2 = Bus system 2 BWK, APB = Anti Passback DB = Database DC = Direct current DTMF = Dual Tone Multiple Frequency el. = electronic EMC = Intrusion detection computer EMK = First alarm detection EMT, IDT = Intrusion detection technology EMZ, IDCP = Intrusion detection control panel HE = Unit/s of height; 1 HE = mm HF = High frequency RAL = German Institute for Quality Assurance and Marking SQL = Standard Query Language uni = universal VdS = German Insurance Association ZG0 = Housing size W 230 x H 155 x D 190 mm ZG1 = Housing size W 300 x H 186 x D 125 mm ZG2 = Housing size W 350 x H 300 x D 152 mm ZG3.1 = Housing size W 500 x H 300 x D 210 mm ZG3.2 = Housing size W 500 x H 300 x D 260 mm ZG4 = Housing size W 580 x H 640 x D 300 mm ZK, AC = Access Control XML = Extended Markup Language HTML = Hyper Text Markup Language IDS = Intrusion detection system IP = International Protection or Internet Protocol ISDN = Integrated Services Digital Network LAN = Local Area Network LCD = Liquid Cristal Display me. = mechanical MF = Multi-functional PIN = Personal Identification Number PL = Product Line RAID = Redundant Array of Independent Disks 4

5 Informations = VdS approval = Scope of delivery of the article, listing of (German Insurance Association components delivered, not shown = Information, important notes such as = Delivery period of the article if different special versions, dependencies, etc. from standard delivery period (1 to 7 days) = Packaging unit Information regarding the packaging units: For all unlabelled articles, the packaging unit is 1. If the packaging unit is greater than 1, the following applies: 1. The article shall only be sold in packaging units. 2. The quantity to be ordered always refers to the number of packaging units and not to the number of the individual articles. 3. The price listed in the price list is always the price of the packaging unit and not the price of the individual article. IP type of protection For some components, the IP type of protection is indicated. The IP type of protection depends on the design and construction principle. The following table lists the meaning of the digits. First digit Protection again solid objects Second digit Protection against liquids 0 not protected 1 protected again solid objects of more than 50 mm in cross-section e.g. accidental touching with the hand. 2 protected again solid objects of more than 12mm in cross-section e.g. finger. 3 protected again solid objects of more than 2.5mm in cross-section e.g. tools and wires. 4 protected again solid objects of more than 1 mm in cross-section e.g. tools, wires and fine wires. 5 protected against dust - almost tight (in general no impairment) 6 completely dustproof. 0 not protected 1 protected against vertical dripping (water). accidental touching with the hand. 2 protected against water drops with an angle of incidence deviating from the vertical by up to 15 degrees. 3 protected against water drops with an angle of incidence deviating from the vertical by up to 60 degrees. 4 protected against splash water on all sides - almost tight. 5 protected against low-pressure water jets from all directions - almost tight. 6 protected against heavy gushes of water e.g. on ship decks - almost tight. 7 protected against immersion up to a depth of between 15 cm and 1 m. 8 protected against longer periods of immersion under pressure (depth). Example: International Protection IP64: - completely dustproof and protected from splash water on all sides - nearly tight. 5

6 Notes 6

7 Table of Contents Management Systems Central control units Power Supplies Alarm communications Wireless system Keypads and display units Expander modules Switching devices Readers Motion Detectors Alarm contacts Alarm devices Installation Accessories Stand-alone solutions Network Access Controllers Software for Access Control Systems Network components Maintenance and Planning Order Forms / Customer service / List of Article Numbers

8 Notes 8

9 Management Systems WINMAG plus WINMAG Lite IGIS-LOOP Programming Software WINFEM User Software IQ SystemControl

10 Management systems WINMAG plus Software Management System for Hazard Detection Systems Windows management system for hazard detection systems Features Compatible with Windows XP professional and Windows 2003 Server Modular, freely programmable design Direct control of users across networks Workflow and action plan for task force (police, fire brigade) Individual allocation of user rights - priority control of events Integrated simulation functions Extensive logging of events and operations Visualisation of messages Up to 12 active graphics can be displayed simultaneously on 4 screens (optional) Integration of real time video sequences Notification via Windows print manager to multiple printers etc. 10 graphics printer possible per workstation Time and calendar program functions Integrated database as standard Activation of other programs from WINMAG plus possible Highly efficient programming language SIAS for customized adaption of user interface and workflow in case of alarm. Remote operation also possible (optional) WINMAG plus has been specially developed to meet the requirements of managing and integrating different hazard detection systems on one single PC platform. WINMAG plus simultaneously manages and displays graphically a number of security applications, using a common user interface including: intrusion detection technology; fire detection technology; access control technology; video technology; escape route technology/escape door control. Database and user interface are designed in line with current standards and events, and messages are displayed both, graphically and in text form. WINMAG plus offers a multitude of application possibilities, ranging from clearly displayed messages to the active control of all detection devices. Based on the proven security networks from IGIS-LOOP and essernet, WINMAG plus is not only a highly professional system but also the best possible integrated visual information and management solution. The Software: WINMAG plus is easy to use and thanks to its modular design offers suitable software for systems of any size and type of application, ranging from WINMAG plus basic package for a single workstation to networked and highly redundant WINMAG plus systems. Licensing enables the programme options purchased and it legitimises programme use. A hardware dongle is acquired together with a licence. The dongle must be plugged into a parallel interface or into a USB port of the WINMAG plus computer. With multi station systems, every computer that is connected to hardware must be equipped with a dongle. Workstations that are not connected to hardware do not need a dongle. If you upgrade from an old WINMAG main version, the licence must be updated to the current version. If the dongle is removed during operation, WINMAG plus runs for max. 72 hours in online mode. Our Service for Installers: We offer a multiplicity of services in connection with WINMAG, from the input of I/O-points to the creation of graphics. We present WINMAG to the customer, create a specification sheet together with the customer, create SIAS programs and complete applications, train the users and guide the installation until the handover/approval. Interfaces/Drivers: In addition to the drivers for our security-related systems mentioned in the catalogue, we offer many additional drivers for the most varying businesses and manufacturers. As the number of drivers available steadily increases, a list of current drivers is available if required. If the required driver is missing there, we can develop it. Alternatively there is the possibility of connecting 3rd party systems via the standardized OPC interface. This is an international standard supported by a great many manufacturers of different domains. For developing individual drivers we offer the Connection Server and a developing kit. By help of this, individual drivers for WINMAG plus can be developped by our customer. Hardware/software requirements: PC with Pentium processor 3 GHz or higher, min. 512 MB RAM, 1 GB free space on hard disk, XGA graphics card with min. 4 MB Video memory, monitor with min. 1024x768 pixels, sound card with external loudspeakers, Windows XP professional or Windows 2003 Server, Internet Explorer 6.0 or higher. To order WINMAG plus and/or additional licences, please use the WINMAG plus ordering form. 10

11 Management systems WINMAG plus Demo package "E+# WINMAG plus Demo Version 395,00 2 CD containing the WINMAG plus control centre software for hazard detection systems, excluding licence, compatible with Windows XP Professional or Windows 2003 Server. The standard software plus the appropriate licences allow you to manage and operate hazard detection systems via a PC. Hazard messages are displayed in text form and graphically. This makes it possible to use the PC also as an electronic emergency plan. The WINMAG plus standard version operates without a licence for demonstration purposes for 20 eight-hour days as full version with connection to external units and will then switch back to offline mode. After expiry of the test period, the interface to connected components will be disabled. A start in the offline mode will not reduce the number of online test runs. The demo mode is a viable editing interface. All components will work with the exception of importing messages. Via simulation, every sequence can be tested even in the demo mode and all editing functions can be used Basic licences "E?_ 5.680,00 WINMAG plus Management System Basic licence w/ parallel dongle 10 WINMAG plus software standard licence including harware dongle for the parallel port. This standard licence is for enabling the demo package as unlimited visualising software on server workstations and on clients in the network. To connect control panels and hardware to server workstations, further licences are required (see , , , , , ). Copy protection plug for the parallel port "E@b WINMAG plus Management System Basic licence w/ USB dongle 5.680,00 14 WINMAG plus software standard licence including hardware dongle for USB port. 15 This standard licence is for enabling the demo package as unlimited visualising software on server workstations and on clients in the network. To connect control panels and hardware to server workstations, further licences are required (see , , , , , ) Copy-protection plug for USB port 18 Upgrades "E15 Upgrade - WINMAG V6 to WINMAG plus 1.520,00 20 Upgrade of a WINMAG installation to the latest WINMAG plus hazard detection software. An existing WINMAG installation from version 6 on can be renewed to the latest WINMAG plus management software. The specification of the licence/update number is mandatory. For each PC with hardware connection a separate upgrade must be ordered. The licence number of the standard licence must be given

12 Management systems WINMAG plus "E28 Upgrade - WINMAG V5 to WINMAG plus 1.520,00 Upgrade of a WINMAG installation to the latest WINMAG plus control centre software. An existing WINMAG installation lower than version 6 can be renewed to the latest WINMAG plus control centre software. For each PC with connection a separate upgrade must be ordered. Part of this upgrade is a copy-protection plug (dongle) with the licences fire detection and intrusion detection technology as well as four clients. For large systems an individual offer should be solicited "EEq Upgrade - WINMAG Lite to WINMAG plus 3.700,00 If once the system limits of WINMAG Lite have been reached, an update to the full version is possible without any problems, since both systems access a common database. WINMAG plus options are not part of the upgrade and must be ordered separately. System Extension licences "E* WINMAG plus Management System 0,00 This order number serves as an auxiliary number for a later option extension of an existing WINMAG installation from version V6.0 on. (e.g. additional client or subsequent connection of video systems). The appropriate licences must be ordered separately. Information regarding the licences in question: Only one licence is required for connecting an unlimited number of control panels to a PC. A new licence can be separately ordered after initial commissioning, only in conjunction with the auxiliary number The update number of the basic licence must be given "E"o Licence - Intrusion Detection 615,00 Option for the WINMAG plus standard software. It is required when intrusion detection panels (e.g. MB series) are to be connected to WINMAG plus. This licence can be ordered separately (as later option extension) only in connection with the auxiliary number The update number of the basic licence must be given. The licence is required for connecting the Honeywell intruder alarm control panels (MB24/48/100/256 plus) "E;S Licence - Fire Detection 615,00 Option for WINMAG plus standard software. It is equired when fire detection technology panels (e.g. ESSER series) are to be connected to WINMAG plus. This licence can be ordered separately (as later option extension) only in connection with the auxiliary number The update number of the basic licence must be given. The licence is required for connecting the ESSER by Honeywell fire detection systems 1024, 1016, 8000 and IQ8Control. 12

13 Management systems WINMAG plus "E$u Licence - Access Control 615,00 1 Option for the WINMAG plus basic licence. It is required when access control systems (e.g. ACS-2 and ACS-8) are to be connected to WINMAG. This requires the IQ MultiAccess software. This licence can be ordered separately (as later option extension) only in connection with the auxiliary number The update number of the basic licence must be given. The licence is for connecting the Honeywell access control systems ACS and IQ MultiAccess "E%x Licence - CCTV 2.050,00 Licence option for the WINMAG plus basic licence. It is required when video systems are to be operated. The video matrices are capable of executable commands such as pan, tilt, zoom, monitor selection etc., depending on the model. The following video matrices have previously been supported: Dallmeier; Bosch IP cams; Ernitec M 500 and M 1000; Honeywell Max PRO 32; Philips LTC 8x00; Geutebrück Vicrosoft; Geutebrück Multiscope; Honeywell Fusion; VisiOprime; VideoX; Pelco; further brands on request. This licence can be ordered separately (as later option extension) only in connection with the auxiliary number The update number of the basic licence must be given "E&{ Licence - Escape Door Control 615, Option for the WINMAG plus basic licence. It is required when escape route technology / escape door control units (e.g. Honeywell) are to be operated. The status of escape doors is displayed graphically. This licence can be ordered separately (as later option extension) only in connection with the auxiliary number The update number of the basic licence must be given. The licence is required for connecting Honeywell escape route technology / escape door control "E8J Licence - CMS interface to DEZ ,00 Option for connecting the Central Monitoring Station DEZ 9000 to the WINMAG plus system. The connection also allows applications to be enabled that work with the VdS-2465 communication protocol on the WINMAG plus system "E) Licence - Remote Data Transmission 1.210,00 16 Option for the WINMAG plus basic licence. Allows WINMAG plus to be operated via modem lines using DS 7500 / 7600 / 7700 / 9500 / 9600 and DGA 2400 on ESSER intrusion detection and fire detection systems. This licence can be ordered separately (as later option extension) only in connection with the auxiliary number The update number of the basic licence must be given

14 Management systems WINMAG plus Connection-Server "E'~ Licence - ConnectionServer 2.050,00 Option for the WINMAG plus basic licence. The ConnectionServer is a software module that allows a 3rd party system to be connected to WINMAG plus. The ConnectionServer offers a comfortable interface that allows data and controls to be exchanged bidirectionally in data point format with WINMAG plus. This licence can be ordered separately (as later option extension) only in connection with the auxiliary number The update number of the basic licence must be given "E( Connection Server Developers Kit 2.450,00 Using this developer kit Sytem Integrators can program WINMAG plus connections to third party sytems. The package contains the ConnectionServer developers kit including complete documentation plus one day support at our development center in Albstadt/Germany. OPC und BACnet "D{C Universal Software Gateway for PC 3.000,00 Software gateway without graphical user-interface as stand-alone solution for providing data points to systems via OPC, ESPA, BACnet. Item number can only be ordered in connection with the data point package, item number (500 data points). Each trade connection requires a seperate licence ( / 03 / 04 / 05 / 23 / 26). For BACnet connection, item number must be ordered in addition "E3; OPC Data Points 2.000,00 Package of 500 data points for a project-related provision of OPC tags, BACnet objects, ESPA data points, etc. The data points package option can only be ordered in connection with the OPC Server licence for PC (013590), OPC Server licence (013611) or BACnet Server licence (013627) "E,& Licence - OPC Server 5.360,00 Option for WINMAG plus basic licence. It is required when WINMAG plus works as OPC server to send data from Honeywell systems to 3rd party management systems equipped with OPC interface The OPC-server licence can only be ordered in connection with the data points package option (013618). This licence can be ordered separately (as later option extension) only in connection with the auxiliary number The update number of the basic licence must be given. 14

15 Management systems WINMAG plus "E-) Licence - OPC Clientlicence 4.200,00 1 Option for the WINMAG plus basic licence. It is required when WINMAG plus works a OPC client to represent data from 3rd party systems equipped with OPC interfaces. This licence can be ordered separately (as later option extension) only in connection with the auxiliary number The update number of the standard licence must be given "E<V Licence - BACnet Server (BACnet/IP) 8.900,00 5 Options Option for the WINMAG plus basic licence. It is required when WINMAG plus data are to be transmitted via BACnet. The inintial installation of this option requires additional engineering support by Honeywell. The BACnet Server licence can only be ordered in connection with the data point package option (013618). This licence can be ordered separately (as later option extension) only in connection with the auxiliary number The update number of the basic licence must be given. For Initial installation support from Honeywell is required. Service BACnet-Server Ask our ISS-Team for connecting the Honeywell security products to building automation systems via the standardized BACnet protocol (ISO ) "E., Licence - Notification 1.575,00 Option for the WINMAG plus basic licence. It is required when: alarm/event notification via SMS, fax or is to be sent from WINMAG plus. This licence can be ordered separately (as later option extension) only in connection with the auxiliary number The update number of the basic licence must be given. For the notification function an ISDN connection (S0) and an ISDN card are required "ES4 Licence - Escalation 1.575,00 Option to the WINMAG plus basic licence. It is required when SMS sent from WINMAG plus are to be acknowledged. If they remain unacknowledged, a customized escalation plan will start (workflow). This licence can be ordered separately (as later option extension) only in connection with the auxiliary number The update number of the standard licence must be given. The escalation licence requires the notification licence The function requires a sound card in the PC "ET7 Licence - DTMF control (dual tone multi frequency) 615,00 19 Option for the WINMAG plus basic licence. It allows control sequences to be carried out by DTMF. In this case, for example, it is possible to control outputs of the system connected to WINMAG plus via a mobile phone. This licence can be ordered separately (as later option extension) only in connection with the auxiliary number The update number of the basic licence must be given

16 Management systems WINMAG plus "EU: Licence - Customized User Interface and Authorization 2.025,00 Option for the WINMAG plus basic software, allowing individual assignment of interfaces and rights to several users. This licence can be ordered separately (as later option extension) only in connection with the auxiliary number The update number of the basic licence must be given "EV= Licence - Multi Monitor, up to 4 of 8 screens 1.500,00 Option for the WINMAG plus basic licence. This enables WINMAG plus to select up to 4 monitors out of 8 per PC to display several WINMAG plus views. This licence is workstation-related. For a computer without connection a basic licence is required. This licence can be ordered separately (as later option extension) only in connection with the auxiliary number The update number of the basic licence must be given "E]R WEBX licence 3.595,00 Option for the WINMAG plus basic licence, that allows a display of all system conditions via internet or Intranet, using standard browsers (max. 5 browsers). This licence can be ordered separately (as later option extension) only in connection with the auxiliary number The update number of the basic licence must be given "EXC Licence - AutoCAD Import 3.000,00 Option for the WINMAG plus basic licence. It is required when WINMAG plus has to import graphics and data points directly from AutoCAD. This licence can be ordered separately (as later option extension) only in connection with the auxiliary number The update number of the basic licence must be given "E9M Licence - Redundancy 4.800,00 Option for the redundant connection of the essernet and IGIS-Loop safety networks to the WINMAG plus server. The redundant network connection works in the master/backup mode and protects the WINMAG plus objects from data loss when the network connection is interrupted due to cable defects or when a COM port failure occurs. This licence can be ordered separately (as later option extension) only in connection with the auxiliary number The update number of the basic licence must be given "E:P Licence - WINMAG plus client 3.540,00 Option for the WINMAG plus basic licence. It allows a client to be operated in a computer network on a workstation. The basic licence must be installed on the server workstation. For the clients, only the WINMAG plus software is required. For each client, one WINMAG plus Client licence is required. This licence can be ordered separately (as later option extension) only in connection with the auxiliary number The update number of the basic licence must be given. 16

17 Management systems WINMAG plus Service oq?] Enter one detection point 8,50 2 Installation specific according to written customer s specification oqac Enter one text page 13,50 Installation specific according to written customer s specification oqbf Enter one graphics page 143,50 Installation specific according to written customer s specification oqhx Convert of one graphics page 43,00 Conversion of different graphic formats to a common WINMAG plus format

18 Management systems WINMAG plus Example of application 18

19 Management systems WINMAG plus

20 Management systems WINMAG plus 20

21 Management systems WinmagLite "EDn WINMAG Lite with USB hardware dongle 1.990,00 1 Features Entry-level management software for hazard alarm systems Visualising and controlling of video management system Fusion and additionally: Visualising and controlling of exactly one additional hazard alarm central control panel /intrusion alarm, fire detection, access control) max. 3 users possible Management of up to 500 data points per object Processing of up to 100 status reports per second Processing of up to 100 macro processes Connection of log and alarm printers Information output via monitor and / or printer (Windows standard printer) Flexible, windows based graphics Displaying and finding detectors in graphics Displaying the current status Predefined alarm messages Simulation function Extensive logging of events and operations Connection via RS-232, modem, ISDN, TCP/IP WINMAG Lite is the low-cost entry into the management of hazard detection systems. It is easy to use, and its predefined, practice-related control panels and data point types facilitate the startup and operation of WINMAG Lite WINMAG Lite is highly suitable for small systems for which in the near future no large extensions or no link-up of further hazard detection control panels are planned. Thus, the Lite version offers a wide range of applications even to WINMAG professionals. The combination of a hazard detection system with the Honeywell video management systems Honeywell Fusion allows especially small objects to be secured in a professional manner. WINMAG Lite provides the user with almost all WINMAG plus standard functions. In contrast to the full version, only one hazard detection control panel can be connected. The technical support of WINMAG Lite is with costs. The user makes use of predefined programs, which can be adapted to the situation at hand on-site by means of a text editor. The alarm stack known from previous WINMAG versions is replaced by the message display in the head bar in the form of icons. This new performance feature improves clarity for the user and thus allows faster reaction times in cases of alarm. Hardware and software requirements: Pentium 1000 MHz or higher, 256 MB RAM (128 MB recommended), min. 200 MB free hard disk memory, XGA graphic card of min. 4 MB video memory, monitor of min. 1024x768 pixels, sound card with external loudspeakers, Windows 2000 or Windows XP Professional, Internet Explorer from version 6.0 on. CD control centre software WINMAG plus standard package (013610) Example of use Upgrade - WINMAG Lite to WINMAG plus 3.700,00 "EEq If once the system limits of WINMAG Lite have been reached, an update to the full version is possible without any problems, since both systems access a common database. WINMAG plus options are not part of the upgrade and must be ordered separately

22 Management systems WinmagLite 22

23 Management systems WinmagLite

24 Network technology IGIS-LOOP Features VdS approval Integrated hazard detection and information system Loop-type network structure with two gelvanically separated RS-422 sections in the opposite direction for the highest level of reliability Up to 16 loops with up to 64 participants each to crosslink Connection of several loops via routing lines serial/v.24 or via Ethernet (TCP/IP) Optional encryption on routing lines according to BSI possible (RS-232/V.24 or Ethernet) Connection to IACP via I-BUS (IACP MB48/100/256plus) Connection to FDCP via K-BUS (1024-F) or via connection kit (800x) Connection to WINMAG plus / WINFEM-PC via RS-232/V.24 or Ethernet TCP/IP Optional LED table function for IACP with plug on module, up to 2048 LEDs and 8 IACPs Crosslinking of up to 3 remote control panels IACP MB48/100, with remote control and telecontrol of detector groups Up to 1,200 m between adjacent participants possible, each participant is at the same time a repeater LOOP sections can be realized via telephone cable J-Y-(St)Y Parameterization via WINFEM Advanced Flash firmware update possible Decentralised system structures allow optimum adaptation to different object situations. What is required in practice, is not only an exactly adapted technology, but also new standards in security and installation options. This is why the IGIS-LOOP network is set up via a single hardware component. The IGIS- LOOP Controller is the central module for data exchange, communication, and at the same time also the interface for all integratable Esser hazard detection systems. The loop-type network structure of the security network allows an increased fail-safe and interference immunity of the system through complete monitoring of all segments in the loop. Simple faults (e. g. short circuit or interruption) have no effect on the network function. By providing detailed information, errors and faults in the loop can be detected and eliminated immediately. The dynamic user management allows users to be logged in and out during network operation without impairing the overall function of the network. Upon a complete failure of a user, he/she will be disconnected from the system, while all other users within the IGIS-LOOP will remain fully functional. IGIS-LOOP triple function: The network structure can be used to set up an actively communicating main and secondary control centre system in the fire detection systems. This allows large object-specific applications of dentralised structure to be achieved even without connection to a PC. Moreover, IGIS-LOOP allows complex hazard detection systems to be set up and the organization to be managed visually in a professional and convenient manner via a PC using WINMAG. The connection of hazard detection systems of a wide range of types (fire, intrusion, access control) is coordinated via the completely monitored and redundantly designed IGIS-LOOP network. Individual loop systems can be routed with one another via the IGIS-LOOP Controller. Thus, individual loops can be connected in a large mixed IGIS-LOOP security network and managed centrally from a WINMAG control centre. The standardised RS-422 interface allows simple change of the communication medium (e.g. telephone line fieber (JYSTY), optic cable, online modem) between the individual IGIS- LOOP Controllers. For secure transmission, encrypting according to BSI German (Federal Agency for Information Security, BSI 7522 and TL 03400, previously BSI 7500) according to 3.4 and 3.12 is available for the routing path between routed loops. Data transmission speed baud (adjustable) Interface RS-422 (IGIS-LOOP) Interface RS-232 (WINMAG/WINFEM-PC, routing path, 800X) Interface K-BUS (FDP 1024-F) Interface I-BUS (IDP 561-MB16/48/100/256) Rated voltage 12 V DC Operating voltage 10.5 V to 15 V DC Current consumption 200 ma Ambient temperature -5 C to +45 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Environmental class as per VdS II Housing ZG0 dimensions (W x H x D) 230 x 155 x 90mm Housing ZG2 dimensions (W x H x D) 350 x 300 x 152mm Overview of the compatible control panels and software versions: System 8000 as of version 2.41 R003 FDP 1024-F V 5.00 IDP 561-MB16 V 8.02 IDP 561-MB100 V 8.02 System 5008 V 1.34 ABIGA V 1.03 IGIS-LOOP controller V 4.05 Design example 24

25 Network technology IGIS-LOOP

26 Network technology IGIS-LOOP Network technology "B? /214 IGIS-LOOP-Controller 741,00 For IDT/FDT/AC/PC. Interface controller of universal use for integrating intrusion detection and fire detection units in the IGIS-LOOP. The controller allows WINMAG control centre PCs to be connected to the IGIS-LOOP via the integrated RS-232 interface, thus setting up an extensive security system /217 IGIS-LOOP-Controller (in housing ZG0) 928,00 In housing ZG0. Housing with sealed door. No space for emergency power supply "BA /21: IGIS-LOOP controller (in housing ZG2) 1.180,00 In housing ZG2. Housing with sealed door. Space for emergency power supply item no , or (EN54) and 1 x storage battery. Accessories "BEk Ethernet connection module 195,00 Ethernet connection module for IGIS-LOOP Controller The Ethernet connection module is an adapter pcb for the IGIS-LOOP Controller to connect an Ethernet interface (TCP/IP). An IGIS-LOOP Controller extended by the Ethernet connection module allows a routing path to be set up via the Ethernet. Moreover, an IGIS-LOOP can be connected to a WINMAG CMS via the Ethernet. Intrusion detection control panels can also be connected to an IGIS-LOOP directly via the Ethernet by means of the Ethernet connection module and the IGIS-LOOP Controller. Current consumption 70 ma 26

27 Network technology IGIS-LOOP "?fa V.24 connection adapter set 76,80 1 Required for programming and/or for I-BUS router via V "BDh LED panel activation module LED panel activation module for IGIS-LOOP-Controller ,00 The LED panel activation module is equipped with 8 connector plugs. A maximum of 4 LED driver PCBs ( or ) can be connected to each of these plugs. This means that a total of 2048 LEDs of up to 8 IDC panels can be activated. In addition, the module is provided with 4 inputs, which can be used as triggering criteria in macro programming (MB 48/100 only). When activating more than 512 LEDs (LED panel control module slots ST3 and ST4), one connection adapter for external power supply ( ) is absolutely necessary for every additional 512 LEDs Current consumption LED activation 15 ma approx. 5 ma "BD /12D Connection adapter for external power supply 58,00 12 Connection adapter for external power supply for IGIS-LOOP LED panel Connection adapter for power supply of another 512 LEDs. The connection adapter is linked to one of the 12 V power supply / charging units of our product range. Maximum expansion: Power supply for 512 LEDs of the activation module (013335)+ Power supply for 512 LEDs of the connection adapter ( )+ Power supply for 512 LEDs of the connection adapter ( )+ Power supply for 512 LEDs of the connection adapter ( ) = 2048 LEDs maximum extension ((S /14Q 32-zone indicator PCB 202,70 Integratable PCB with 32 red and 32 yellow LEDs for indicating alarms, malfunction etc. As it is designed in SMD technology, extremely flat indicator panels can be created. The LED PCB can be adapted to the IGIS-LOOP Controller ( ) via the LED panel activation module for IGIS-LOOP Controller (013335) Dimensions (W x H x D) 48 x 244 x 18 mm

28 Network technology IGIS-LOOP ((S /15X SMD driver PCB 213,00 The SMD driver PCB can be adapted to the IGIS-LOOP Controller ( ) via the LED panel activation module for IGIS-LOOP Controller (013335).It contains the electronics for actuating 4 x 16 LEDs. The LEDs, which are positioned accordingly in the panel, are connected via socket connectors. Every LED output has the required series resistor, which allows an LED to be directly connected. As it is designed in SMD technology, extremely flat indicator panels can be created. Dimensions (W x H x D) 48 x 244 x 18 mm ((S /1:{ 10-pin connecting cable, 1 m 12,60 Spacing Length 1.25 mm 100 mm ((S /24W 10-pin connecting cable, 2,5 m 19,80 Spacing Length 1.25 mm 2.5 m 28

29 Systems Programming and Control Software Software WINFEM Programming and diagnostics software WINFEM and WINFEM Advanced 1 Programming is the decisive factor of the economical installation of a hazard detection system. This requirement is met by the PC programming software WINFEM or WINFEM Advanced in any respect. Clearly organized on-screen displays immediately show the current settings or guide logically through the entire programming. To archive the system programmings, they can be stored and can thus be retrieved whenever required. However, remote maintenance, remote programming and remote control can also be carried out via WINFEM or WINFEM Advanced. System configuration for direct control panel programming on site: Hazard detection system with communication interface, e.g. USB, serial/v.24, BUS-1 or BUS-2; PC adapter cable; PC / laptop with the corresponding WINFEM or WINFEM Advanced software. You can find new software, firmware, updates,... in the customer area of our webpage

30 End-user Software Software WINFEM System configuration for remote programming, remote maintenance and remote diagnosis: Hazard detection system including communication interface, e.g. frame BUS or BUS-2; ISDN - auto dialer or DGA 2400 on frame BUS or BUS-2; Standard 2400 baud modem* or ISDN controller on PC / laptop ; PC / laptop containing the corresponding WINFEM or WINFEM Advanced software. * We recommend the modems tested and approved by us. Intruder Detection System RS 232 DS 7700 IP network MB24/48/100 Intruder Detection System IP network MB256 plus Intruder Detection System MB24/48/100 DS 7600 DS 7700 DS 9500 DS 9600 ISDN ISDN network Intruder Detection System DS 6600 telephone network "C Y WINFEM Advanced programming software 220,00 Programming software for intrusion detection control panels MB24, MB48, MB100, MB 256 plus (from firmware V03 on) and for the IK3 controller and the communications modules DS 7600 and DS 7700, DS 9500, DS 9600 and DS Features Accessories Null modem cable USB Adaptor box (USB 1.1 compatible) Windows 2000, Windows XP Database for customers, projects and installations Keypad emulation with different functionality, dependent on connection type 30

31 End-user Software IQ SystemControl FEHLER IQ SystemControl 648,00 1 Features Integration of several alarm panels MB24, MB48, MB100 analog modem, ISDN, IGIS-LOOP, TCP/IP IP with or without encryption (AES, Chiasmus) Server / Client system server and client on different PC s Flexible room time zone concept calendar based set / unset / control / ingress / egress per door Direct door control with simple mouse click time release / block / lock / permanent release Retrieve information for alarm set failure with simple mouse click Large event log up to 10 mio records detailed information (door, area, arming device, detector group, ID code, macro) export to xls, txt, html, xml file print option IQ SystemControl substitutes WINFEM User for alarm panels MB24 / MB48 / MB100 from version 9 on. For MB256 plus and MB panels up to V8 WINFEM User has to be used. IQ SystemControl is based on the high end Security Software Suite IQ MultiAccess and can be upgraded easily. As IQ SystemControl is an easy-to-use control software for the end-user it does not feature programming option. IQ SystemControl takes over the administration of authorization data of IACP switching devices by connecting one or several IACPs of the type series 561-MB24, 561-MB48 or 561-MB100. This means data carriers, room/timezones and their authorizations of access functions, arming/disarming as well as control functions. The location operators rights can automatically be set in accordance to the VdS guidelines via a "VdS switch". The connected IACP hardware can be scanned and will automatically be set up in the hardware administration program section. Existing master data of the intruder alam control panel will be transferred and can from now on be centrally administrated in IQ SystemControl. IQ SystemControl supports all existing remote access variants of the intruder alarm control panels to realise the technical connection. Linking up both systems can be done either via Ethernet (TCP/IP), remote data transmission (ISDN or anlogue modem) or IGIS-LOOP. Thus, the existing infrastructure can be used and expanded without any problems. Accessories upgrade to IQ MultiAccess 500 cards incl. option intruder

32 End-user Software IQ SystemControl Accessoires # L1 Upgrade IQ SystemControl to IQ MultiAccess 2.380,00 - Upgrade to 500 persons - For update to basic and professional package - Futher use of all connected intruder alarm control panels to be extended with access control controllers and door elemnts 32

33 Central control units 561-MB MB MB MB256 plus GMZ

34 Control panels System 561-MB List of main functions of central units System 561-MB 34

35 Control panels System 561-MB 561-MB24 1 Features 63 BUS-1 devoces and 64 BUS-2 devices connectable in basic configuration up to 2 main areas up to 7 sub areas 9 texts for 40 characters each up to 24 detector groups (freely definable) 8 conventional detector groups, 4 of them with clearing function 1 connection for blocklock / external keypad 2 connectors BUS-1 2 connectors BUS-2 1 additional BUS-2 connector for WINFEM 1 additional BUS-2 connector for AWUG / modem 10 semi-conductor outputs active 12 V DC 6 semi-conductor outputs active 0 V 1 relay 230 V AC / 5 A 1 relay 24 V DC / 1 A connections for 2 acoustic and 1 optical signalling device programmable sensitivity of detector groups auto calibration of the detector groups 24 detector group texts of 40 characters each free programmble inputs and outputs 255 input texts of 40 characters each 1 to 8 external switching devices 1 to 16 intelligent keypads on BUS-2 simple operating units on BUS-1 16 operating codes 32 ID cards 32 texts for ID cards of 40 characters each Event memory for 22,000 entries selective standard programming possible integrated electronics for siren actuation 32 time zones programmable 10 connections programmable 20 macros for special functions Approval for Austria (VSÖ class WS) Currently (Oct. 2008) support for 11 languages included: - German - English - French - Italian - Dutch - Czech - Romanian - Russian - Polish - Slovakian - Hungarian For correct display of language characters the appropriate keypads (012540/012541) must be selected where apply. Language support of graphical keypads may be different. The 561-MB24 intrusion detection panel has been designed for residential and small scale commercial use and complies with the VdS class C, VDE regulations 0833, section 1 and 3 and in Austria with VSÖ class WS. The central unit is controlled via a microprocessor with cyclical function monitoring. Many functions of the alarm panel are freely programmable via LCD keypad. Programming can be done comprehensively and comfortably via a PC in connection with the software package WINFEM Advanced. The control panel contains 8 conventional detector groups. By incorporating the BUS-1 and BUS-2 users, a total of 24 detector groups can be obtained. The groups can be distributed over a maximum of 8 zones, allowing the following main/secondary zone structures: - 1 main zone with a maximum of 7 zones - 2 main zones with a total maximum of 6 sub zones Rated connection voltage 230V AC Connection voltage range 230V AC/ -15% to +10% Mains frequency 50Hz Rated operating voltage 12V DC Rated operating voltage range 10.5V to 15V DC Battery charging voltage 13.8V DC Current consumption at rated voltage 100mA disarmed open zone connections, 1mA per zone connection (terminated with 12.1kOhm),18mA small relay, 45mA large relay Battery charge current max. 800mA Max. battery space 2 x 7.5Ah Continuous current consumption 1.2A max. (w/o external signalling device) Current consumption 2.0A max. 3 minutes (external signalling device included) Environmental class as per VdS II Type of protection DIN IP 30 Operating temperature range -5 C to +45 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Dimensions (W x H x D) 415 x 279 x 96mm Weight 5.2kg Colour grey, similar to RAL 7035 Accessories PC programming software WINFEM Advanced Serial programming cable USB adapter box (USB 1.1 compatible) x 40 digit LCD keypad, with flap x 40 digit LCD keypad detector-group detector-group detector-group detector-group Graphic keypad including 1/4 VGA display Comfort Touch Colour Compact control panel for MB DS 6600 analogue communication modules DS 9600 ISDN communication modules DS 7600 ISDN communication modules DS 7700 ISDN/IP communication modules Mechanical Kit for MB24 for integration of communication modules DS6600, DS 7600, DS 7700, DS

36 Control panels System 561-MB "=?O Intruder alarm control panel 561-MB24 450,00 G (IDT), class C; Z (AC), class C; VSÖ W /86 E Max. battery space 2 x 6,5 Ah or 1 x 17 Ah Main / connection board with integrated power supply / charging unit, metal housing "=@R Intruder alarm control panel 561- MB24, Bundle with LCD keypadt 725,00 G (IDT), class C; Z (AC) class C; VSÖ W /86 E Max. battery space 2 x 6.5 Ah or 1 x 17 Ah Main / connection board with integrated power supply / charging unit, metal housing; 2 x 40-character LCD keypad "=AU Intrusion detection central unit 561-MB24, Bundle with LED keypad 638,00 G (IDT), Klasse C; Z (AC) Klasse C; VSÖ W /86 E Max. battery space 2 x 6.5 Ah or 1 x 17 Ah Main / connection board with integrated power supply / charging unit, metal housing; 10-detector-group keypad

37 Control panels System 561-MB Alarm communication &oig DS 9600 ISDN communication module with speech function for MB24 385,00 2 Features ISDN B-channel VdS 2465 ISDN B-channel Telim ISDN B-channel plaintext transmission (AWUG-function) SMS via ISDN e*cityruf (alpha numeric or tone only) Speech transmission by predefined message texts (in German) and DTMF recognition without any additional extensions Up to 4 individual texts with up to 3 sec recordable through ISDN phone VdS-Approval Supplementary specifications with ISDN multiport-configuration: Possibilities of remote control in connection with speech and telephone key input (DTMFrecognition) Modem function for the remote access to the connected panel Extensive remote service and remote diagnostics possibilities G (IDT), communication module An ISDN network is required to operate the DS It is used for the digital transmission of technical faults, hazard reports and emergency calls as well as remote programming, remote maintenance and remote diagnostics of the connected intruder alarm control panel 561-MB24. An ISDN multipoint interface is required for the remote control functions and remote parameterisation. A system connection with-point-to point configuration and desired remote maintenance function, requires the ISDN module DS Connection is via ISDN-compatible receiving stations, e.g. DEZ Connections to TELIM-compatible receiving stations are also possible via DS Equipped with an integrated dialling and speech device, remote control functions and remote interrogation from a telephone or mobile telephone are possible. The intuitive, voiceoperated guidance is equivalent to that of a mailbox. The AWAG function, i. e. the transmission of voice messages via ISDN to any telephone connections, is a completely integrated standard function of the DS Voice memories with predefined standard texts are availale for 9 communication channels. With serial connection, the 100 output criteria of an MB-device can arbitrariliy be allocated to the 9 communication channels. Additional texts of 3 second length can freely be added to 4 of those 9 communication channels. The recording of an additional text can be done via a telephone. The IACP RS-232 interface with extended functions is available if the DS 9600 is used as an integration module in the intruder alarm control panel 561-MB24. This enables several parallel-operated connections via ISDN. With this connection, the USB interface of the ISDN module can be used for programming of the panel. A comfortable programming of application-specific data can be done via WINFEM Advanced. Rated operating voltage 12 V DC Operating voltage range 10,5 V DC to 15 V DC Current consumption stand-by 80 ma Current consumption active 130 ma Environmental class as per VdS II Operating temperature range -10 C to +50 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Dimensions PCB (L x W) 158 x 112 mm ISDN connection cable Serial connection cable for intrusion panel Mechanic Kit for integration of communication modules "=D^ Mechanic Kit for MB24 24,00 For integration of communication modules (DS 6600, DS 7600, DS 7700, DS 9500) Dimensions (W x H x D) 112 x 175,5 x 1,5 mm

38 Control panels System 561-MB 561-MB48 Features 63 BUS-1 devices and 64 BUS-2 devices connectable in standard configuration Modular extension possible Up to 4 main areas Up to 15 sup areas 1 to 48 detector groups (freely programmable) Automatic adjustment of the detector groups 48 detector group texts Sensitivity of detector groups is programmable Freely programmable inputs and outputs 255 input texts 1 to 16 external arming devices 1 to 24 intelligent keypads on BUS-2 32 operating codes 128 ID cards 22,000 events in the event memory 4 x 10 events in the alarm memory Standard programming for certain program parts possible Integrated electronics for siren actuation 8 detector groups inputs / 4 of which with clearing decvice 1 blocklock / external keypad connection 2 non-reactive BUS-1 connections for a total of 63 BUS addresses 2 non-reactive BUS-2 connections for a total of 64 BUS addresses 1 BUS-2 connection for WINFEM 1 BUS-2 connection for internal AWUG / modem 10 semi-conductor outputs active 12 V DC 6 semi-conductor outputs active 0 V 1 relay 230 V AC / 5 A 1 relay 12 V AC / 1 A 1 connection plug for extension modules Parallel printer connection Connectors for two acoustic signalling devices and one optical signalling device Currently (Oct. 2008) support for 11 languages included: - German - French - Italian - Dutch - Czech - Romanian - Russian - Polish - Slovakian - Hungarian For correct display of language characters the appropriate keypads /012541) must be selected where apply. Language support of graphical keypads may be different The intruder alarm control panel 561-MB48 complies with the latest guidelines of the VdS class C for intrusion detection and access control systems and with the VDE regulations 0833 section 1 and 3. Many functions of the control panel are freely programmable via LCD keypad. Programming can be done comprehensively and comfortably via a PC in connection with the software pakkage WINFEM Advanced. By incorporating conventional detectors and the BUS-1 and BUS-2 users, a total of 48 detector groups can be carried out. The detector groups can be distributed over a maximum of 16 zones, allowing the following main/sub zone structures: 1 main zone incl. max. 15 sub zones, 2 main zones incl. max. 14 sub zones, 3 main zones incl. max. 13 sub zones, 4 main zones incl. max 12 sub zones. Rated connection voltage 230 V AC Connection voltage range 230 V AC / -15% to +10% Mains frequency 50 Hz Power consumption 36 VA Rated operating voltage 12 V DC Operating voltage range 10,5 V to 15 V DC Battery charge voltage 13,8 V DC Current consumption at rated voltage 100 ma disarmed, group connector open, 1 ma group connector terminated with 12,1 kohm terminating resistor, 18 ma relay small, 45 ma relay large Operating temperature range -5 C to +45 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Environmental class according to VdS II Type of protection DIN IP 30 Colour of housing grey white, similar to RAL 9002 Colour of front plate signal grey, similar to RAL 7004 Accessories detector-group expansion module type A detector-group expansion module type B Block lock connection / 10 detector group expansion module BUS-1 module BUS-2 module BUS-2 loop module IGIS-LOOP controller Connection cable 250 mm Relay extension module Group relay card Power supply / charging unit 12 V DC / 17 Ah Power supply / charging unit 12 V DC / 32 Ah Power supply / charger unit 12 V DC / 40 Ah Distributor block VdS housing lock DS 6600 analog communication module DS 9500 ISDN communication module DS 7600 ISDN communication module DS 7700 ISDN/IP communication module Motherboard DGA Connection PCB for desk-top printers x 40 digit LCD keypad, with flap x 40 digit LCD keypad detector-groups compact keypad detector-groups detector-groups keypad detector-groups Graphic keypad Comfort Touch Colour TouchCenter Keypad Compact keypad for central units HB48/MB PC programming IQ System Control Serial programming cable USB adaptor box (USB 1.1 compatible)

39 Control panels System 561-MB ">, Intruder alarm control pane 561-MB48 in housing ZG ,00 1 Dimensions (W x H x D) G (IDT), Class C; Z (Access Control), Class C; VSÖ W /17 E 500 x 300 x 210 mm 2 3 Max. battery space 2 x 17 Ah; space for 2 options; space for power supply unit Main board ; connection board ; housing ZG Extension examples intrusion detection central unit 561-MB

40 Control panels System 561-MB 561-MB100 Features 63 BUS-1 devices and 64 BUS-2 devices connectable in standard configuration Up to 256 RF devices Modular extension possible Up to 16 main areas Up to 63 sub areas can be defined 512 detector groups programmable 8 conventional detector group inputs 1 block lock connection Up to 567 BUS-1 devices can be connected IGIS or IGIS-LOOP can be integrated 64 arming devices can be programmed Up to 512 BUS-2 devices can be connected Suitable for police emergency calls Available with integrated printer Operator guidance by means of plain text display 5 user levels 128 user authorisation codes Up to 56 detector groups in conventional connection technology or a maximum of 512 detector groups with BUS-1 and BUS-2 devices Auto calibration of the detector groups Freely programmable inputs and outputs Assignment of several group inputs to one detector group Standard programming for certain program parts possible Sensitivity of detector groups is programmable Automatic maintenance-interval display Event memory for 22,000 events 512 ID cards communication modules can be integrated Currently (Oct. 2008) support for 11 languages included: - German - English - French - Italian - Dutch - Czech - Romanian - Russian - Polish - Slovakian - Hungarian For correct display of language characters the appropriate keypads /012541) must be selected where apply. Language support of graphical keypads may be different. The intruder alarm control panel 561-MB100 complies with the latest VdS guidelines according to highest risk class C as well as VDE regulations 0833 section 1 and 3. The corresponding modules allow a total of 512 detector groups to be carried out, whereas up to 56 detector group inputs are possible. Several of those detector group inputs and/or BUS users can be allocated to a detector group. The individual detector groups can be connected by logical operations on the basis of customer-specific requirements. A later extension to a maximum of 16 main zones is possible by means of the modular system. The detector groups can be distributed over a maximum of 64 areas. The programming of the control panel can be done comfortably via a Windows PC using the software WINFEM Advanced. Remote programming and remote diagnostics are also possible. Alternatively, many functions can be programmed via an keypad. The control panel has an event memory for 22,000 events. The event memory can be displayed via LCD operating units and via WINFEM Advanced. A connected printer allows the event memory to be printed out continuously or when required. The system is prepared for connecting additional devices, such as printers, IGIS components, communication modules, higher-voltage power supply units and relay expansion boards. Since the 561-MB100 is equipped with the option of changing the language for operating and display texts, it can also be widely used internationally. Many language versions have already been implemented in the control panel. Rated connection voltage 230 V AC Connection voltage range 230 V AC / -15% to +10% Mains frequency 50 Hz Rated operating voltage 12 V DC Operating voltage range 10.5 V to 15 V DC Battery charging voltage 13.8 V DC Current consumption at rated voltage 100 ma disarmed group connections open, 1 ma group connection with 12.1 kohm terminal resistor, 5 ma per LED diplay, 18 ma relay small, 45 ma relay large Operating temperature range -5 C to +45 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Environmental class according to VdS II Type of protection DIN IP 30 Dimensions of housing (W x H x D) 500 x 300 x 210 mm, type ZG 3.1 Dimensions of housing (W x H x D) 580 x 640 x 300 mm type ZG 4 Colour of housing grey-white, similar to RAL 9002 Colour of front plate signal grey, similar to RAL

41 Control panels System 561-MB Accessoires 1 Conventional extension detector group input module type A detector group input module type B block lock connections / 10 detector group input module Housing housing ZG housing ZG Mounting plate for connection PCB and options in 19 housings dummy plate 6 HU, signal grey dummy plate 3 HU, signal grey Relay extension Relay extension module Group relay card Printer accessories Connection PCB for desk-top printer Alphanumeric thermoprinter 40 characters per line, motor feed BUS-1 extension to 567 devices BUS-1 module for a maximum of 252 devices BUS-2 extension to 512 devices BUS-2 module for 64 devices BUS-2 loop extension BUS-2 loop module for 64 devices IGIS extension IGIS-LOOP controller VdS kit for commercial use VdS housing lock Communication modules DS 6600 analogue communication module DS 9500 ISDN communication module DS 7600 ISDN communication module DS 7700 ISDN/IP communication module BUS-2 keypads x 40 digit LCD keypad, with flap x 40 digit LCD keypad detector-groups compact keypad detector-groups keypad detector-groups keypad detector-groups keypad Flush mounting kit for , , , , , Graphical keypad with 1/4 VGA display Comfort Touch Colour TouchCenter keypad WINFEM central unit programming PC parameterisation software WINFEM Advanced Serial programming cable USB adapter box (USB 1.1 compatible) LED panel activation module for IGIS-LOOP Controller 15 Ethernet connection module Adaptor board for IGIS-LOOP Controller to include another Ethernet interface Connection cables Connection cable set 40 mm / 250 mm Connection cable 250 mm Connection cable 400 mm Connection cable 650 mm Connection cable 1000 mm Power supply / charger units Power supply / charger unit 12 V DC / 17 Ah Power supply / charger unit 12 V DC / 32 Ah Power supply / charger unit 12 V DC / 40 Ah Power supply / charger unit 12 V DC / 80 Ah Power supply / charger unit 12 V DC / 130 Ah Distributor block

42 Control panels System 561-MB "A" /21B Intrusion Alarm Control Panel 561-MB100 in housing ZG ,00 G (IDT), class C, Z (AC), class C; VSÖ W /05 E Dimensions (W x H x D) 500x300x210mm (housing CH 3.1) Space for 2 options, space for power supply unit, max. battery space 2 x 17 Ah main board, connection board, housing ZG "A# /21E Intrusion Alarm Control Panel 561-MB100 in housing ZG 3.1, inclusive 2.710,00 printer G (IDT), class C, Z (AC), class C; VSÖ W /05 E Dimensions (W x H x D) 500x300x210mm (housing CH 3.1) Space for 2 options, space for power supply unit, max. battery space 2 x 10 Ah main board, connection board, thermo printer, housing ZG "A$ /21H Intrusion Alarm Control Panel 561-MB100 in housing ZG ,00 G (IDT), class C, Z (AC), class C; VSÖ W /05 E Dimensions (WxHxD) 580x640x300mm (housing CH 4) Space for 8 options, space for power supply unit, max. battery space 2 x 65 Ah main board, connection board, lower front plate, 6 HU, housing ZG "A% /21K Intrusion Alarm Control Panel 561-MB100 in housing ZG 4, inclusive 3.234,00 printer G (IDT), class C, Z (AC), class C: VSÖ W031210/05 E Dimensions (WxHxD) 580x640x300mm (housing CH 4) Space for 8 options, space for power supply unit, max. battery space 2 x 65 Ah main board, connection board, thermo printer, lower front plate 6 HU, housing ZG "A) /21W Intrusion Alarm Control Panel 561-MB100, 19, incl. LCD keypad 1.454, main board, connection board, keypad 42

43 Control panels System 561-MB "A* /21Z Intrusion Alarm Control Panel 561-MB100, 19, incl. LCD keypad and 3.016,00 printer main board, connection board, keypad, thermo printer "@'t Rear wall mounting plate for 19 rack 152, Modules 10 A modular extension has the advantage that the security system can be optimally adapted to the object circumstances. It also facilitates a later system extension. For the system 561- MB100, various modules with identical dimensions are available. The rear walls of the individual housing types have been designed for installing any of these modules. The arrangement of the modules within the housing can be done individually "@! /15S 16-detector groups input module type A 189,00 13 The module contains 16 detector groups inputs with a protective circuit, 12 of which are provided with clearing transistors. The reference voltage can be adjusted. Each group adjusts itself automatically to the end-of-line resistor. The response sensitivity of the groups is adjustable. The groups can be assigned to any functions and can also be used as connection option for door code devices or any contacts for control purposes. Also available are 4 programmable semiconductor outputs active 12 V DC / 50 ma Current consumption approx. 1 ma per terminated detector group "B5 /14% 16-detector-groups input module type B 199,00 19 The module contains 16 detector groups inputs with a protective circuit. The reference voltage can be adjusted. Each group adjusts itself automatically to the end-of-line resistor. The response sensitivity of the groups is adjustable. The groups can be assigned to any functions and can also be used for connection of any contacts for control purposes. Also available are 16 programmable semiconductor outputs active 12 V DC / 50 ma. Current consumption approx. 1 ma per terminated detector group

44 Control panels System 561-MB /16Z 2-block-lock connection / 10-detector-groups input module 164,50 The module contains 10 detector group inputs and 2 connections for monitored block locks or external operating units. For each lock, a connection for housing monitoring is available. The locks can be programmed as main block lock or door lock. Within a main zone, different dependencies of the door locks can be programmed. Also available are 10 programmable semiconductor outputs: 4 semiconductor outputs active 12 V DC / 50 ma 6 semiconductor outputs active 0 V / active 12 V DC / 50 ma Current consumption Current consumption 3 ma per connected block lock 1 ma per terminated detector group "A5 /18? BUS-2 module 319,50 Module for connecting BUS-2 devices. 4 connections decoupled from one another are available for a total of 64 BUS-2 devices. Current consumption 30 ma "A5 /18/21L BUS-2 loop module 355,00 The BUS-2 loop module can be used to set up, in connection with the BUS-2 isolation module (item no ), a BUS-2 loop system, which is distinguished by a particularly high operating reliability. When an error occurs in the BUS-2 loop, only the defective section between two isolation modules is disconnected, all other users remain fully functional. For each module, either 2 loops, 1 loop and 2 stub lines or 4 stub lines can be put into practice. The module is connected via the I-BUS in the housing of the central unit The BUS-2 loop module contains electronic fuses. Operating voltage U_b 12 V DC Operating voltage range 10 V to 15 V DC Current consumption at U_b=12 V DC 65 ma in stand by mode (without BUS-2 users) Environmental class according to VdS II Operating temperature range - 5 C to +45 C Ambient temperature range - 25 C to +70 C Dimensions PCB (W x H x D) 158 x 112 mm The use of a loop module requires the power supply units or "A5 /22 BUS-1 module 319,50 Module for connecting BUS-1 devices. 4 independent and individually fuse-protected connections for BUS-1 devices are available. For each connection, 63 devices are possible. Current consumption 30 ma 44

45 Control panels System 561-MB List of mounting components for 561-MB

46 Control panels System 561-MB Intrusion Alarm Control Panel 561-MB256 plus Features Up to 2,048 detector groups can be defined, up to 1,028 of them as conventional detector groups Up to 250 main areas can be defined Up to 2,583 BUS-1 devices can be connected Up to 704 BUS-2 devices can be connected, of them a maximum of 50 keypads Up to 16 graphical keypads can be connected Suitable for police emergency calls Also available as 19 rack version Depending on the version, available with LCD keypad and printer Programming via USB or TCP/IP in connection with a PC / laptop and the software package WINFEM Advanced Simple firmware update by flash EPROM Operator guidance via plain text display Modular extension possible up to 32 modules Automatic maintenace interval display IGIS-LOOP and communication modules can be integrated (multiple integration possible) Event memory for 4,000 events Alarm memory - 20 events per main zone Technical alarm and fire alarm memory available 1,000 ID codes can be managed Up to 600 macros can be defined User authorisation with or without code; up to 750 user codes; each operating function can be enabled or disabled individually The intruder alarm control panel 561-MB256 plus has been designed for use in large-sized complex solutions, owing to their wide range of extention options. It complies with the latest VdS guidelines of highest risk class C and the regulations according to VDE 0833, part 1 and 3. In basic version, the 561-MB256 plus is equipped with the following options: 4 conventional detector group inputs 63 BUS-1 devices can be connected 64 BUS-2 devices can be connected 8 freely programmable semiconductor outputs and 4 freely programmable relays integrated, monitored signalling device connections serial and parallel printer interface The corresponding extension modules allow a total of 2,048 detector groups to be set up. A full extension using 32 I/O modules provides 1,028 conventional inputs (terminating resistance 12.1 kohm), which can be used as inputs for detectors and switching devices. A maximum extension using BUS-1 and BUS-2 modules allows up to 2,583 BUS-1 devices and 704 BUS-2 devices to be connected. Of these, several detector group inputs and/or BUS devices can be allocated to a detector group. This makes it possible to establish logical relationships of the individual detector groups to the customer-specific requirements without any problems. The mechanical assembly of the control panels is done in the standard housing ZG 4, where the extension modules are mounted to the rear wall of the housing and connected to one another via system connectors. Apart from control panels in the ZG 4 housing, control panels in 19 design are available, each with or without integrated printer. Depending on the size of the system, the power supply (option) is effected via one or more of the 17 Ah to 130 Ah power supply / charging units. The programming of the control panel can comfortably be done via a PC / laptop using the programming software WINFEM Advanced. In connection with a communication module and WINFEM Advanced, remote programming, remote maintenance and remote control are possible. Rated connection voltage 230 V AC Rated operating voltage U_b 12 V DC Current consumption at U_b disarmed, without extension, max. 140 ma Environmental class according to VdS II Type of protection DIN IP 30 Operating temperature range -5 C to +45 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Dimensions housing (W x H x D) 580 x 640 x 300 mm type ZG 4 19 version 488 x 272 x 110 mm(incl. printer) Colour of housing grey-white, similar to RAL 9002 Colour of front plate signal-grey, similar to RAL MB256 plus in ZG

47 Control panels System 561-MB Accessoires 1 Housings housing ZG housing ZG housing ZG dummy plate 6 HU, signal-grey dummy plate 3 HU, signal-grey Relay extensions Relay extension module Group relay board Printer / Printer Accessories Alphanumeric thermal printerr, 40 digits Paper roll (5 pieces per packing unit) Power supply / charging units Power supply / charging unit 12 V DC / 17 Ah Power supply / charging unitl 12 V DC / 32 Ah Power supply / charging unit 12 V DC / 40 Ah Power supply / charging unit 12 V DC / 80 Ah Power supply / charging unit 12 V DC /130 Ah Distributor block RDT / transmission devices DS 6600 analogue transmission device DS 9500 ISDN transmission device DS 7600 ISDN transmission device DS 7700 ISDN/IP transmission device WINFEM central unit programming USB adaptor box (USB 1.1-compatible) Parametrisation software WINFEM Advanced WINFEM-User Connecting cables Connecting cable set 40 mm / 250 mm Connecting cable 250 mm Connecting cable 400 mm Connecting cable 650 mm Connecting cable 1000 mm BUS-1 devices detector-group module detector-groups module detector-groups module; flush-mounted model Universal connection module; surface-mounted model Universal connection module; flush-mounted model Active distributor modul BUS-1 key-operated switch operating unit Door module Hold-up pushbutton module IDENTLOC controller /71/72 PIR detector SCM /04/07 PIR detector SCM Viewguard DUAL AM BUS-2/BUS Viewguard DUAL BUS-2/BUS Viewguard PIR BUS-2/BUS Viewguard PIR AM BUS-2/BUS Switching module 24 V DC / 1 A Switching module 250 V AC / 5 A Indoor flasher Indoor sounder Piezo indoor siren Fire detector base module DUO I/O-Modul BUS-2/BUS-1, up DUO Relaismodul 230V AC/8A, up BUS-2 devices inputs module outputs module IDENT-KEY IK2 controller IDENT-KEY IK3 controller /05/08 PIR motion detector SCM 3000 with AM Viewguard DUAL AM BUS-2/BUS Viewguard DUAL BUS-2/BUS Viewguard PIR BUS-2/BUS Viewguard PIR AM BUS-2/BUS DUO I/O-Modul BUS-2/BUS-1, up DUO Relaismodul 230V AC/8A, up Rauchmeldersockel-Modul BUS-2/BUS-1 BUS-2 keypads /41 2 x 40-character LCD keypad detector-groups keypad detector-groups detector-groups detector-groups TouchCenter keypad

48 Control panels System 561-MB "A7 /21 Intrusion Alarm Control Panel 561-MB256 plus in housing ZG ,50 G (IDT), Class C; VSÖ W /09 E Space for 8 options; space for power supply/charging unit; max. battery space 2 x 65 Ah Main / connection board; housing ZG 4; front plate 6 HU; dummy plate 6 HU "A8 /21 Intrusion Alarm Control Panel 561-MB256 plus in housing ZG 4, incl ,50 printer G (IDT), Class C; VSÖ W /09 E Space for 8 options; space for power supply/charging unit; max. battery space 2 x 65 Ah Main / connection board; thermic printer ; housing ZG 4; front plate 6 HU; dummy plate 6 HU "A9 /21 Intrusion Alarm Control Panel 561-MB256 plus 19 version 2.514,50 Main / connection board; front plate 6 HU "A: /21# Intrusion Alarm Control Panel 561-MB256 plus 19 version, incl. printer 4.154,50 Main / connection board; thermal printer ; front plate 6 HU "A= /21, Intrusion Alarm Control Panel 561-MB256 plus 19 version, incl. LCD 2.922,50 keypad Main / connection board; operating unit ; front plate 6 HU 48

49 Control panels System 561-MB "A> /21/ Intrusion Alarm Control Panel 561-MB256 plus 19 version, incl. keypad and 4.561,50 printer 1 Main / connection board; keypad ; thermo printer : front plate 6 HU "A?W Upgrade kit 561-MB256 to 561-MB256 plus 1.548,00 G (idt), class C; VSÖ W /09 E This retrofit kit allows to upgrade the control panel 561-MB256 into a control panel 561- MB256 plus. Main / connection board; adaptor PCB for serial printer; mounting adaptor plate; mounting and installation material; programming software WINFEM Advanced Modules 10 A modular extension has the advantage that the security system can be optimally adapted to the object requirements. It also facilitates a later system extension. For the system 561-MB256 plus, various modules with identical dimensions are available. The rear walls of the individual housing types have been designed for installing any of these modules. The arrangement of the modules within the housing can be done individually "A5 /15* Connection module for MB256 / MB256 plus 501,00 13 Large sized module provided with slot for siren plug-in card and radio card. Equipped with 4 relays 250 V AC / 5 A and 4 relays 24 V DC / 1 A. 10 programmable outputs as well as a main output and a continuous alarm output can be used to control the relays or as semiconductor outputs Current consumption (without plug-in cards) 15 ma "A5 /161 Basic I/O module for MB256 / MB256 plus 681,50 Large sized module with 32 inputs for connecting one or more conventional detectors or switching devices such as block locks or operating units. Also available are 48 programmable outputs, 32 of which can be used for clearing of detector groups via programming plugs. Current consumption (without plug-in cards) Current consumption per terminated input Semiconductor outputs 50 ma 1 ma 12 V DC / 50 ma

50 Control panels System 561-MB "A5 /178 Keyboard module 348,00 Allows 4 code keypad units to be connected via a matrix connection. Current consumption 15 ma "A5 /18? BUS-2 module 319,50 Module for connecting BUS-2 devices. 4 connections decoupled from one another are available for a total of 64 BUS-2 devices. Current consumption 30 ma "A5 /22 BUS-1 module 319,50 Module for connecting BUS-1 devices. 4 independent and individually fuse-protected connections for BUS-1 devices are available. For each connection, 63 devices are possible. Current consumption 30 ma "A5 /24) Adapter for auxiliary power supply 85,50 The card is required when several power supply/charging units or more than 5 BUS modules (BUS-1, BUS-2, IGIS) are used. It guarantees the required 5 V DC supply of the modules on the I-BUS and allows a star-shaped distribution of the 12 V DC operating voltage to the modules. Also available are 8 pin pairs for flexible connection. Current consumption 10 ma ";{ /14 Siren plug in board for 2 PCLs 60,30 Plug in board for operating a maximum of 2 acoustic alarm signalling devices (PCLs) via connection module for MB 256 or MB 256 plus

51 Control panels System 561-MB Extension examples 561-MB256 plus

52 Control panels System 561-MB Extension examples 561-MB256 plus 52

53 Control panels System 561-MB List of mounting components for 561-MB256 plus

54 Control panels System 561-MB Accessories "H!r Alphanumeric thermo printer 1.547,00 40-character thermal printer for plain text printout of operating procedures and messages. The printed texts allow a complete documentation. Through the use of heat-sensitive paper, the printer is always ready for use, as no ink ribbon has to be replaced. For the control panel 561-MB100, the printer is connected via the parallel interface, while for the 561-MB256 plus, it is connected via the serial or parallel interface. Rated operating voltage 12 V DC Operating voltage range 10.5 V DC to 15 V DC Current consumption in no-load operation 60 ma Current consumption 600 ma average when printing Environmental class according to VdS II Operating temperature range -5 C to +45 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Weight ca. 2.1kg Dimensions (W x H x D) 190x235x100mm Colour signal-grey, similar to RAL front panel, 6 HU; mounting material, connecting cable "H"u Paper roll for 40-character thermo printer 38,00 5 rolls "A5 /250 Connection Board for desk-top printers 304,00 Current consumption 160 ma (serial + parallel), 110 ma (parallel), 80 ma (serial), 10 MA (standby) "@! /21= Connecting cable set 40 mm / 250 mm 29,70 Not suitable for connecting a serial printer to the 561-MB 256 plus. 54

55 Control panels System 561-MB /22D Connecting cable 400 mm 20, "@! /23K Connecting cable 250 mm "@! /24R Connecting cable 1000 mm "@! /25Y Connecting cable 650 mm 16,10 27,10 23,

56 Control panels System 561-MB List of BUS users 56

57 Control panels Compact control unit Compact hazard alarm panel G5,+ Hazard alarm panel GMZ english language 230,50 2 Universal small control panel containing two detector groups for monitoring intrusion and/or fire detectors. It allows contacts and motion or glass break detectors to be connected. Alternatively, up to 30 fire detectors of the 9000 / 76xxxx series or up to 10 fire detectors equipped with switch-on control of the 9000 / 78xxxx series and 10 detectors of the 9100 series can be connected per detector group without addressing using the standard base An additional permanently armed, resistance-monitored input monitors technical alarms, tamper or hold-up detectors or manual fire alarms. Remote arming is possible, e. g. via a key-operated switch. A control input allows alarms to be acknowledged, cleared and/or the control panel to be armed/disarmed. Rated connection voltage 230 V AC Nominal frequency 50 to 60 Hz Rated current 0.1 A Rated operating voltage 12 V DC Quiescent current approx. 40 ma Current consumption for ext. devices max. 350 ma Battery capacity 12 V / 2 Ah Relays 2 Contact load relay 30 V DC / 1A Transistor outputs 4 (12 V DC / 0.5 A) Operating temperature range -5 C to +45 C Storage temperature range -5 C to +50 C Environmental class according to VdS II Type of protection IP 40 Housing ABS plastic Colour white, similar to RAL 9016 Colour of front plate grey-blue, similar to RAL 5008 Dimensions (W x H x D) 270 x 221 x 71 mm Class of protection I according to DIN EN Weight 1.5 kg Holder for 1 x 12 V DC / 1.9 Ah battery. Compatible with all standard aritcles 12 V DC

58 Notes 58

59 Power Supplies

60 Power Supplies Power supplies Board versions For every application, a matching power supply / charging unit is available. The individual power supply / charging units are distinguished in particular by their permanent battery monitoring, voltage stabilisation and current limitation. For the parallel connection of rechargeable batteries, only batteries of the same type and age and from the same production series may be used &l? /21% Power supply / charging unit 12 V DC / 7.2 Ah 134,50 G (IDT), class A; VSÖ P /79 Fully electronic, voltage stabilised, current-limiting power supply / charging unit for redundancy standby operation with battery monitoring, designed for a battery capacity of up to 7.2Ah. Rated connection voltage 230 V AC Connection voltage range 230 V AC -15% to +10% Mains frequency 50 to 60 Hz Maximum charging current 0.13 A Maximum permanent current 0.5 A Short-term cont. current consumption 5 min. 0.8 A Battery capacity according to VdS max. 7.2 Ah, max. 1 battery connectable Power consumption 22 VA Environmental class according to VdS II Dimensions (L x W) 140 x 60 mm "'w /12@ Power supply / charging unit 12 V DC / 17 Ah 247,00 G (IDT), class C Fully electronic, voltage stabilised, current-limiting power supply / charging unit for redundancy standby operation with battery monitoring, designed for a battery capacity of up to 17 Ah. Rated connection voltage 230 V AC Connection voltage range 230 V AC -15% to +10% Mains frequency 50 to 60 Hz Maximum charging current 0.7 A Maximum permanent current 1.4 A Short-term cont. current consumption 5 min. 2.4 A Battery capacity according to VdS max. 17 Ah, max. 2 batteries connectable Power consumption 36 VA Environmental class according to VdS II Dimensions (L x W) 215 x 92.5 mm "'{ /12L Power supply / charging unit 12 V DC / 32 Ah 332,50 G (IDT), class C; VSÖ W /78 Fully electronic, voltage stabilised, current-limiting power supply / charging unit for redundancy standby operation with battery monitoring, designed for a battery capacity of up to 32 Ah. Rated connection voltage 230 V AC Connection voltage range 230 V AC -15% to +10% Mains frequency 50 to 60 Hz Maximum charging current 1.1 A Maximum permanent current 2 A Short-term cont. current consumption 5 min. 2.5 A Battery capacity according to VdS max. 32 Ah, max. 2 batteries connectable Power consumption 75 VA Environmental class according to VdS II Dimensions (L x W) 250 x 97.5 mm 60

61 Power Supplies Power supplies "'{ /13S Power supply / charging unit 12 V DC / 40 Ah 455,00 1 G (FDT), G (IDT), class C and EN 54-4; VSÖ W / Fully electronic, voltage stabilised, current-limiting power supply / charging unit for redundancy standby operation with battery monitoring function, designed for batteries with a capacity of up to 40 Ah. According to EN 54-4, equipped with deep-discharging protection, monitoring of charging circuit, battery defect detection. In addition, 8 LEDs are available for trouble location. Rated connection voltage 230 V AC Connection voltage range 230 V AC -15% to +10% Mains frequency 50 to 60 Hz Maximum charging current 1.5 A Maximum permanent current 1.5 A Short-term cont. current consumption 5 min. 2.2 A Battery capacity according to VdS max. 40 Ah, max. 2 batteries connectable Power consumption 100 VA Environmental class according to VdS II Dimensions (L x W) 250 x 97.5 mm Accessories NTC temperature sensor "6eL Power supply / charging unit 12 V DC / 80 Ah 894,00 Fully electronic, voltage stabilised, current-limiting power supply / charging unit for redundancy standby operation with battery monitoring function, designed for batteries with a capacity of up to 80 Ah. In addition to 12 V DC, the power supply / charging unit also supplies 24 V DC, up to a maximum load of 800 ma. According to EN 54-4, it is equipped with deep-discharging protection, monitoring of charging circuit and battery defect detection. In addition, 8 LEDs are available for trouble location. Rated mains voltage 230 V AC Connection voltage range 230 V AC, -15% to +10% Mains frequency 50 to 60 Hz Maximum charging current 3.5 A Max. continuous current 12 V DC output 3.5 A Max. continuous current 24 V DC output 0.8 A Short-term cont. current consumption 5 min. 5 A Battery capacity according to VdS 80 Ah, max. 2 batteries connectable Power consumption 170 VA Environmental class according to VdS II Dimensions PCB (L x W) 102 x 252 x 80 mm Accessories NTC temperature sensor G (IDT), class C, G (FDT) and EN 54-4; VSÖ W070427/80, W /

62 Power Supplies Power supplies "6gR Power supply / charging unit 12 V DC / 130 Ah 654,50 G (IDT), class C and EN 54-4 Fully electronic, voltage stabilised, current-limiting power supply / charging unit for redundancy standby operation with battery monitoring function, designed for batteries with a capacity of up to 130 Ah. According to EN 54-4, it is equipped with deep-discharging protection, monitoring of charging circuit and battery defect detection. In addition, 8 LEDs are available for trouble location. Rated connection voltage 230 V AC Connection voltage range 230V AC; -15% to +10% Mains frequency 50 to 60 Hz Maximum charging current 5.7 A Maximum permanent current 5 A Short-term cont. current consumption 5 min. 7 A Battery capacity according to VdS max. 130 Ah, max. 2 batteries connectable Power consumption 170 VA Environmental class according to VdS II Dimensions (W x H x D) 102 x 252 x 80 mm Accessories housing ZG 4 for power supply NTC temperature sensor "6hU Housing ZG 4 for power supply ,00 Empty housing including lock insert for integrating the power supply / charging unit Max. battery space 2 x 65 Ah batteries Housing 2 mm sheet steel, powder-coated Weight approx kg (empty) Dimensions (W x H x D) 580 x 640 x 300 mm Colour grey-white, similar to RAL 9002 Accessories NTC temperature sensor with connecting cable 50 cm VdS lock insert 62

63 Power Supplies Power supplies Version with housing "6DP Power supply / charging unit 230 V AC / 12 V DC / 7.2 Ah 254,50 G (IDT), class A; VSÖ P /79 Same as power supply / charger unit ( ) 12 V DC / 7.2 Ah but inside housing. Rated connection voltage 230 V AC Connection voltage range 230 V AC; +10% -15%; 50 to 60 Hz Mains frequency 50 to 60 Hz Maximum charging current 0.13 A Maximum permanent current 0.5 A Short-term cont. current consumption 5 min. 0.8 A Battery capacity according to VdS max. 7.2 Ah, 1 battery connectable Power consumption 22 VA Housing Type ZG 1, 2 mm sheet steel Colour grey-white, similar to RAL 9002 Max. battery space 1 x 7.2 Ah Environmental class as per VdS II Housing Type ZG 1, 2 mm sheet steel Dimensions (W x H x D) 300 x 186 x 125mm Sheet steel front door powder-coated, printed Colour grey-white, similar to RAL 9002 Expandable with additional distributor blocks, communication modules, etc. "6Jb Power supply / charging unit 230 V AC / 12 V DC / 17 Ah 483,50 G (IDT), class C Same as power supply / charging unit ( ) 12 V DC / 17 Ah but inside housing. Rated connection voltage 230 V AC Connection voltage range 230 V AC; +10% -15%; 50 to 60 Hz Mains frequency 50 to 60 Hz Maximum charging current 0.7 A Maximum permanent current 1.4 A Short-term cont. current consumption 5 min. 2.4 A Battery capacity according to VdS max. 17 Ah, max 2 batteries connectable Power consumption 36 VA Max. battery space 2 x 6.5 Ah Type of protection DIN IP 30 Environmental class according to VdS II Housing Type ZG 2, 2 mm sheet steel Dimensions (W x H x D) 350 x 300 x 152mm Sheet steel front door powder-coated, printed Colour grey-white, similar to RAL Expandable with additional distributor blocks, communication modules, etc. Equipped with one 16-pole distribution block. Accessories VdS lock insert

64 Power Supplies Power supplies "' s Power supply / charging unit 230V / 12V DC / 20Ah 546,00 G (IDT), class C Same as power supply / charging unit ( ) 12 V DC / 32 Ah, but inside housing. Rated connection voltage 230 V AC Connection voltage range 230 V AC; +10% -15% Mains frequency 50 to 60 Hz Maximum charging current 1.1 A Maximum permanent current 2 A Short-term cont. current consumption 5 min. 2.5 A Battery capacity according to VdS 20 Ah, max. 2 batteries connectable Power consumption 75 VA Max. battery space 2 x 10 Ah or 1 x 16 Ah Type of protection DIN IP 30 Environmental class according to VdS II Housing Type ZG 2, 2 mm sheet steel Dimensions (W x H x D) 350 x 300 x 152 mm Sheet steel front door powder-coated, printed Colour grey-white, similar to RAL 9002 Expandable with additional distributor blocks, communication modules, etc. Accessories VdS lock insert "'}v Power supply / charging unit 230 V AC / 12 V DC / 32 Ah 617,00 G (IDT), class C Same as power supply / charging unit ( ) 12 V DC / 32 Ah, but inside housing. Rated connection voltage 230 V AC Connection voltage range 230 V AC; +10% -15% Mains frequency 50 to 60 Hz Maximum charging current 1.1 A Maximum permanent current 2 A Short-term cont. current consumption 5 min. 2.5 A Battery capacity according to VdS 32 Ah, max. 2 batteries connectable Power consumption 75 VA Max. battery space 2 x 10 Ah or 1 x 25 Ah or 16 Ah Type of protection DIN IP 30 Environmental class according to VdS II Housing type ZG 3.1, 2 mm sheet steel Dimensions (W x H x D) 500 x 300 x 210mm Colour grey-white, similar to RAL 9002 Sheet steel front door powder-coated, printed Expandable with additional distributor blocks, communication modules, etc. Accessories VdS lock insert 64

65 Power Supplies Power supplies Accessories "6fO Power supply / charging unit 230 V AC / 12 V / 24 V DC/ 80 Ah 1.123,00 Same as upply / charging unit (012168) 12 V DC / 80 Ah but inside housing. Fully electronic power supply / charging unit with 12V DC and 24V DC outputs. Voltage stabilised with current limiting and redundancy standby operation with battery monitoringand deep-discharging protection. Monitoring of charging circuit and battery defect detection. In a robust sheet steel housing, type ZG 3.1 with LED indicator for Mains available and Failure. Space for 2 x 40 Ah batteries. Rated connection voltage 230 V AC Connection voltage range 230 V AC -15% to +10% Mains frequency 50 to 60 Hz Max. continuous current 12 V DC output 0.8 A Max. continuous current 24 V DC output 3.5 A Short-term cont. current consumption 5 min. max. 5 A Battery capacity max. 80 AH, max. 2 batteries connectable Power consumption 170 VA Type of protection IP 30 Environmental class as per VdS II Dimensions (W x H x D) 500 x 300 x 210mm Colour grey-white, similar to RAL 9002 Accessories NTC temperature sensors G (IDT), class C and EN 54-4 "'~y NTC temperature sensor 11,30 For power supply / charging units , and for optimising the temperature-controlled battery charging voltage. Required when the storage batteries are not mounted in the close proximity to the power supply / charging unit The NTC temperature sensor is mandatory for VdS systems. Including 50 cm connecting cable #qs& VdS lock insert 26,60 16 According to VdS for commercial use, e.g. for retrofitting housings. The VdS lock insert is delivered with Schulte 1k101 locking mechanism. For alarm panels no simultaneous locking mechanism may be used keys

66 Power Supplies Power supplies Small power supplies *ITG Power supply unit 230 V AC / 12 V DC / 0.5 A 107,50 The power supply unit provides 2 x 12 V DC, 1 x stabilised, 1 x non-stabilised and nonsmoothed. Rated connection voltage 230 V AC Connection voltage range 230 V AC +10% to -15% Mains frequency 40 Hz to 60 Hz Output voltage 12 V DC stabilised Output voltage 12 V DC not stabilised, non-smoothed Type of protection DIN IP 40 Output current 500 ma max. Environmental class according to VdS II Operating temperature range -5 C to +45 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Dimensions (W x H x D) x 45 x 79 mm Colour grey-white, similar to RAL 9002 A total current (sum of both outputs) of max. 500 ma can be drained, e.g. output 1 = 100 ma; output 2 = 400 ma. 66

67 Alarm communications PSTN communication modules ISDN communication modules GSM communication Alarm receiver

68 Alarm communications List of communications modules List of communication devices List of communications modules 68

69 Alarm communications List of communications modules List of communication devices 1 List of communications modules

70 Alarm communications Analogue Transmission Devices Automatic transmission and announcement units &m&h AWAG 4200 speech dialler 486,00 Automatic speech dialler including user-guided input of telephone numbers and announcement text. The AWAG 4200 speech dialler has been designed for use as an automatic dialer with announciator for signalling and notifying purposes. An individually recorded voice message is transmitted selectively to up to four memorised user numbers when an event occurs (e.g. releasing a relay contact, at the touch of a button). Features 1 input Freely programmable Electronic voice memory DTMF Dual-tone multi-frequency dialling Operation within private branch exchange systems possible (no fault switching operation), exchange line via request number or flash possible Up to 4 phone numbers programmable Max. announcement time: 35 seconds Built-in loudspeaker and microphone Alarm contact closed or open, programmable as release condition for dialling sequence Dialling sequence can be started by alarm contact or manually by pressing a key Alarm delay and alarm blocking time programmable Power supply (power supply unit including battery) can optionally be integrated in the housing In connection with an intrusion or fire detection system, AWAG 4200 has tured out to be the solution in different situations, such as, for example, as an alarm, fire, cooling / freezing cabinet failure or power failure detector. The announcement can be transmitted over a distance (via the public telephone network) and locally (within a private branch exchange system). Rated voltage Operating voltage Quiescent current Alarm current Operating temperature range Storage temperature range Activation Transmission procedure Dialling method Connection Dimensions PCB (W x H x D) Dimensions housing (W x H x D) Space for power supply / charging unit and battery Accessories Power supply / charging unit 12 V DC / 7.2 Ah ADO8/TAE/IAE covering case 12V DC 10V DC to 14V DC 39mA max. 200mA -10 C to +35 C -25 C to +70 C NO switch without NC switch, potential-free voice transmission DTMF TAE x 160 x 40mm 250 x 210 x 100mm &m87 2-channel speech dialler AWAG ,00 G (IDT), transmission unit; VSÖ W /81E Microprocessor-controlled automatic telephone dialling and announcement unit including user-guided input of all telephone numbers and control functions on-site vi athe mobile programming device. The AWAG 6200 is used for transmitting alarm messages and operating states via the public telephone network. The transmission of the message takes place by digitised speech (speech processor). The text can be freely recorded on-site as a voice message by microphone. Features 2 detector zones Freely programmable Electronic voice memory For the use in main stations and extensions of the public telephone network For the use in trunk lines upstream of private branch exchange systems that are not capable of direct dialling Microprocessor controlled Word memory capacity of up to 44 seconds Digital storage of text information Data securing by means of an integrated 9 V battery Current consumption stand-by 65 ma Current consumption active 120 ma Type of protection DIN IP 30 Environmental class as per VdS II Housing with hinged door, 2 mm sheet steel, powder coated Dimensions (W x H x D) 300 x 186 x 125 mm Colour grey-white, similar to RAL 9002 Computer PCB , voice memory PCB , connection PCB with relay for remote control function , male connector for telecom socket (TAE), housing Accessories ADO 8 / TAE 6 / IAE covering case Power supply / charging unit 12 V DC / 7.2 Ah Mobile programming device 70

71 Alarm communications Analogue Transmission Devices Accessories &m5 /15 Voice recording PCB for AWAG ,00 2 The card is used with microphone for recording voice messages. It is required only once %"+G Microphone For voice recording PCB , &o!.6b Multi-frequency dialling plug-in card 78,00 11 Required for private branch exchange systems featuring DTMF and onward transmission within the private branch exchange system. 12 Current consumption stand-by Current consumption active 1 ma 5 ma

72 Alarm communications Analogue Transmission Devices Analog dialling devices with digital transmission &o]c DS 6600 PSTN Alarm Transmission System with contact ID and TELIM 408,00 G (EMT), communication module Features Alarm transmission with VdS 2465 protocol (V.22 with 1200 bit/s) in the PSTN analog telephone network Telim protocol Contact ID SMS (short message service) transmission with TAP and UCP protocol SMS transmission via the PSTN analog telephone network with 1TR140 protocol SMS transmission via the PSTN analog telephone network to a client SMS transmission via the PSTN analog telephone network to a fax machine e* cityruf (tone) Modem function for remote access to the connected panel (14400 Baud) Programmable features: 20 phone numbers for demand responsive connections several dialing sequences can be configured individually non-volatile event memory for min. 1,000 max. 2,000 events Remote control options in connection with compatible receiver units 100 outputs of the intruder alarm control panel can be transmitted as alarm cause 100 freely programmable functional group outputs can be transmitted as alarm cause permanent monitoring of the availability of the telephone connection with tamper and blocking call disconnection comprehensive remote service and remote diagnosis facilities The communication module DS 6600 is used for digital transmission of technical faults, hazard messages and emergency calls via the PSTN analogue public telephone network to Alarm receiving centres (digital receiving station of a security service). Moreover, when used in compatible intruder alarm panels, the device allows remote service, remote parameterisation and remote diagnosis. Information can be transmitted to compatible receiving stations (e.g. DEZ 9000) that can interpret following protocols: - Protocol VdS 2465 in the PSTN analog telephone network, - Telim protocol, - Contact ID. In addition, messages can be transmitted as text messages in the form of an SMS to mobile telephones, landline, fax and recipients. The IACP RS-232 interface with extended functions is available when using the DS 6600 as an integration module in the compatible panel. With this connection, the USB interface of the transmission device thus enables programming of the panel. The communication module DS 6600 is also equipped with an I-BUS and BUS-2 interface. This enables integration via a compatibility mode (with limited functions) in panels that provide no IACP RS-232 interface Application-specific data can comfortably be programmed via WINFEM Advanced. Rated operating voltage 12 V DC Operating voltage range 10.5 V to 15 V DC Current consumption 80 ma (stand-by), 110 ma (in operation) Environmental class according to VdS II Operating temperature range -10 C to +50 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Dial process IWV, MFV Connection to telephone jack, TAE-6 Dose Dimensions (W x H x D) 158 x 112 mm Integration module for intruder alarm control panels: 561-MB24, 561-MB48, 561-MB100 PSTN connection cable Serial connection cable for intrusion detection panel 72

73 Alarm communications Analogue Transmission Devices PSTN Communication Module DS Features 8 transmission channels BZT approval no A D for use: in main stations of the PSTN public telephone network; within private branch exchange systems in fault switching operation; in exchange lines of private branch exchange systems; without direct dialling Routine call with weekly pattern Remote maintenance and remote parameterisation Real-time clock with date, buffered Programmable delayed detector groups Programmable blocking times via real-time clock Event memory with time and date Storage capacity for 8 telephone numbers To each telephone number an identification number can be allocated individually 5 different types of users can be programmed: Digital receiving station, Omniport receiver, eurosignal, e*cityruf (tone), e*cityruf (numeric) 8 different dialling sequences having different priority classes Change from / to daylight saving time / normal time automatically or manually Permanent monitoring of connected remote transmission Direct remote inquiry or remote inquiry by callback for digital transmission Potential-free output for different signalling functions Free allocation of signal types to each detector group (armed, disarmed, alarm, etc.) Input and control of the application-specific data is done directly at the device with user guidance via the intelligent programming device with alphanumeric display Positive drive output to be included in the positive drive of intrusion detection systems Operating voltage monitoring with message transmission The microprocessor-controlled communication module DS 8800 is used for digital transmission of technical faults, measured values, hazard messages and emergency calls via the PSTN public telephone network to a Alarm receiving center (digital receiving station of a security service). The digital information transmission can take place to a TELIM-compatible receiving station (e. g. receiving station DEZ 9000). The information can also be transmitted to Eurosignal,e*cityruf and / or Omniport receivers. On appearence of an activation criterion the decive will use the phone line and transmit the message digitally to the receiving station, depending on programming. Transmission to eurosignal, e*cityruf or Omniport receivers is established in accordance with the specific access conditions of these services. The programming of the communication module is done via the mobile programming device (059998). A multitude of free programming options allows all requested parameters to be allocated universally. In addition, a special test mode in connection with the programming device allows a documentation of the connection set-up and fault and error messages in plain text. Accessories Power supply / charging unit 12 V DC / 7.2 Ah ADO 8 / TAE/ I AE covering case Mobile programming device &n![ PSTN communication module DS ,60 G VdS (IDT) Transmission of digital information to TELIM-compatible receiving stations, e*city / euro call option. Rated voltage 12 V DC Operating voltage 10.5 V DC to 15 V DC Quiescent current 40 ma Alarm current 80 ma Environmental class according to VdS II Ambient temperature -5 C to +45 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Input channels 8 Activation closed circuit, load current, differential detector Speed of transmission 10 bit/sec half duplex Call number memory 8 call numbers maximum of 16 digits each Redialling 11x per user Dialling method pulse dialling, DTMF with / without flash Connection TAE-6 Dimensions (W x H x D) 215 x 123 x 30 mm Phone line cable

74 Alarm communications Analogue Transmission Devices Accessories &n"^ Additional housing ZG 0 for DS ,40 Housing provided with swivel doorl made of 2 mm sheet steel, powder-coated. Lock can be sealed. Colour of housing grey-white, similar to RAL 9002 Dimensions (W x H x D) 230 x 155 x 90 mm No space for power supply &n, Additional housing ZG 1 for DS ,50 Housing provided with swivel doorl made of 2 mm sheet steel, powder-coated. Lock can be sealed. Colour of housing grey-white, similar to RAL 9002 Dimensions (W x H x D) 300 x 186 x 125 mm Space for power supply and 1 battery 74

75 Alarm communications ISDN Dialling Devices ISDN communication moduels for security panels &ohd DS 9500 ISDN communication module with speech function (AWUG) 435,50 2 Features ISDN B-channel VdS 2465 ISDN B-channel TELIM ISDN B-channel speech transmission (AWUG function) SMS over ISDN e* cityruf (alphanumeric or tone) Speech transmission by predefined message texts (in German) and DTMF recognition without any additional extensions Up to 4 individual texts with up to 3 sec recordable through ISDN phone VdS Approval Additional features for ISDN multipoint configuration: Remote control option in connection with speech and telephone keypad (DTMF recognition) Modem function for the remote access to the connected panel Extensive possibilities of remote service and remote diacnostics G (IDT), Communication module The DS 9500 is to be operated with an ISDN network. It is used for digital transmitting technical faults, hazard messages and emergency calls as well as for remote parameterisation, remote maintenance and remote diagnostics of the connected hazard detection system. An ISDN multipoint interface is required for the remote control functions and remote parameterisation. A system connection with point to point configuration and desired remote maintenance function requires the communication modules DS 7600 or DS Connection is via ISDN-compatible receiving stations, e.g. DEZ Connections to TELIM-compatible receiving stations are also possible via DS As the DS 9500 is equipped with an integrated dialling and speech device, remote control functions and remote enquiries are possible from any telephone or mobile telephone. The intuitive, voiceoperated guidance is equivalent to that of a mailbox. The AWAG-function (i. e. the transmission of speech over ISDN to any telephone extension) is completely integrated within the basic functions of the DS Voice memories with already predefined standard texts are available for 9 transmission channels. If the transmission device is connected to an MB-panell via serial interface, the 100 output criteria of the IACP can arbitrarily be allocated to the 9 transmission channels.to 4 of these 9 channels, additional texts of max. 3 sec. length can freely be added. The recording of these texts can be done via a telephone. The IACP RS-232 interface with extended functions will be available if the DS 9500 is used as an integration module in compatible panels. This enables several parallel-operated connections via ISDN. With this connection, the USB interface of the transmission device can be used for programming the central control unit. Furthermore, the communication module DS 9500 is equipped with an I-BUS and BUS-2 interface. This enables integration in earlier versions of panels of the HB48 or 561-MB100 series (without index 10 in the item no.) without an IACP RS-232 interface via a compatibility mode (with limited functions). Application-specific data can comfortably be programmed via WINFEM Advanced. Rated operating voltage 12 V DC Operating voltage range 10,5 V DC to 15 V DC Current consumption stand-by 80 ma Current consumption active 130 ma Environmental class according to VdS II Operating temperature range -10 C to +50 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Dimensions PCB (L x W) 158 x 112 mm Integration module for intruder alarm control panels: 561-MB8, 561-MB16, 561-MB100, 561-MB256 and 561-HB48, MB48, MB and MB256plus ISDN connection cable Serial connecting cable for IACP

76 Alarm communications ISDN Dialling Devices DS 7600 ISDN communication module with speech function Features Can be used on an ISDN multi-device connection and ISDN system connection (PTP, PTMP) Can be used as integration module or stand-alone device Interface for connection to compatible panel: I-BUS, BUS-2 Active, galvanically and functionally decoupled ISDN-S0-BUS for downstream ISDN devices USB interface for parameterisation and access to compatible panel Serial interface S1 according to VdS 2463 and VdS 2465 Parallel interface S1 of 8 inputs according to VdS 2463 (freely programmable inputs) 2 potential-free outputs for positive drive, signalling or camera activation 80 additional monitored and freely programmable inputs and outputs can be set up Non-volatile parameter and event memory (at least 1,000 entries) Real-time clock with battery-backup, can be synchronised with compatible panel or ISDN Freely configurable dialing sequences for different event types Transmission via the ISDN-B channel (VdS 2465, TELIM, V.110) Transmission via the ISDN-D channel (X.31), 4 online or demand-controlled connections SMS transmission, paging, voice messages and remote control function via ISDN-B channel Integrated speech (AWAG) function, modifiable standard texts for voice messages available GSM data connections (V.110) with RFW 2000 (optional extension) SMS and transmission via GSM with RFW 2000 (optional extension) Simultaneous use of all transmission types and transmission channels possible 20 telephone numbers, 4 dial-up access numbers for X.31 and 5 addresses programmable Modem function for remote access to the panel connected via serial interface Permanent monitoring transmission paths and system states including recording Integrated protocol analyser for service purposes Intelligent anti-block function for ISDN with protection of emergency call connection Telephone number check and password prompt for remote access Remote control function via voice or DTMF Voice supported user guidance for remote access and remote control over the telephone Parameterisation via WINFEM Advanced (USB or remote access) or via panel Remote connection of the connected panel to WINMAG Direct connection of a GPS antenna and transmission of the site coordinates possible Different receiver types (HDLC transparent, X.75, X.25, analogue (TELIM), Omniport-e*cityruf receivers) Transmission of IDENT-KEY personnel data for documentation and reproducibility of operating procedures Transmission of detailed information of compatible panels including texts for zones, groups and detectors The DS 7600 is a communication module that, owing to ist comprehensive functionality on the ISDN connection and its optional redundancy via GSM, leaves nothing to be desired for these transmission paths. The range of functions is not limited to the transmission of hazard messages, but also includes remote parameterisation, remote control and remote maintenance for the device itself as well as for connected compatible panels. Connections take place primarily to ISDN-capable or TELIM-compatible receiving stations, such as the DEZ When GSM is used as the redundant transmission path, messages can be received from the receiving station via ISDN or a separate GSM module. Speech or SMS is transmitted via ISDN (for SMS, optionally by GSM) to any telephone extension (SMS to selected networks). The transmission device can either be installed in the housing of the panel as integration module, or separately for stand-alone operation or remote assembly in one of the two available housing types. The DS 7600 has 8 detector group inputs whose activation and response characteristics can be adapted individually. Even when used as integration module, the 8 independent detctor group inputs are additionally available for further transmission criteria. Furthermore, two remote switching outputs are available. The transmission of the alarm and control information via the ISDN takes place in accordance with the relevant VdS specifications, thus ensuring compatibility with the corresponding receiver units. the transmission of very detailed information, made possible by the DS 7600, allows a quick and selective reaction of reduced risk potential for the intervention personnel. The AWAG-function (i. e. the transmission of speech over ISDN to any telephone extension) is completely integrated within the basic functions of the DS Voice memories with already predefined standard texts are available for 9 transmission channels. If the communication module is connected to an MB-panel via serial interface, the 100 output criteria of the IACP can arbitrarily be allocated to the 9 transmission channels. To 4 of these 9 channels, additional texts of max. 3 sec. length can freely be added. The recording of these texts can be done via a telephone. The integrated DTMF detection allows remote control functions and remote enquiries to be carried out from any telephone extension that runs with the DTMF dialing method. An integrated voice-supported user guidance allows an easy intuitive operation of remote control and remote enquiry. When used as a stand-alone device, the integrated BUS-2 interface allows a connection of BUS-2 5-input or 5-output modules. Moreover, 80 additional inputs or outputs can be set up, allowing very extensive monitoring and control tasks to be covered. Function schematic Accessories Sheet steel housing ZG Sheet steel housing ZG 1 with space for power supply unit and battery Power supply/charging unit 12 V DC / 7.2 Ah integratable in item no V DC / 2.0 Ah battery ADO -8 / TAE 6 / IAE covering case Covering case in NTBA and terminal box 76

77 Alarm communications ISDN Dialling Devices &ms! DS 7600 ISDN communication module with speech function 606,50 G (IDT); VSÖ W /39 E Alarm transmission via ISDN, suitable for connection to ISDN phone lines(multipoint or point-to-point connections). Interface for connection to GSM networks (with RFW 2000). Includes ISDN connecting cable Rated operating voltage 12 V DC Operating voltage range 10,5 V DC to 15 V DC Current consumption stand-by 100 ma Current consumption active 150 ma Environmental class according to VdS II Ambient temperature range -10 C to +50 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Activation closed-circuit current group, load current group, differential detector group Dimensions PCB (L x W) 158 x 112 mm Example of application Accessories Sheet steel housing ZG Sheet steel housing ZG 1 with space for power supply unit and battery Power supply/charging unit 12 V DC / 7.2 Ah integratable in item no V DC / 2.0 Ah battery ADO -8 / TAE 6 / IAE covering case Covering case in NTBA and terminal box

78 Alarm communications ISDN Dialling Devices Digital ISDN/IP transmission device with AWAG function DS 7700 ISDN Features Full functionality with ISDN multipoint connection and ISDN point-to-point connection (PTP, PTMP) Alarm transmission, remote control and remote parameterisation via IP networks Can be used as integration module or as standalone device Interface for connection to compatible panel: I-BUS, BUS-2 Active, galvanically and functionally decoupled ISDN-S0-BUS for downstream ISDN devices Ethernet interface for connection to IP networks USB interface for parameterisation and access to compatible panel Serial interface S1 according to VdS 2463 and VdS 2465 Parallel interface S1 with 8 inputs according to VdS 2463 (freely programmable inputs) 2 potential-free outputs for positiv drive,coerciveness, signalling or camera activation 80 additional monitored and freely programmable inputs and outputs can be set up Non-volatile parameter and event memory (at least 1,000 entries) Battery-backup real-time clock, can be synchronised with panel system or ISDN Freely configurable dialling sequences for different event types Transmission via the ISDN-B channel (VdS 2465, TELIM, V.110) Transmission via the ISDN-D channel (X.31), 4 online or demand-controlled connections SMS transmission, paging, voice messages and remote control function via ISDN-B channel Integrated speech (AWAG) function, modifiable standard texts for voice messages available GSM data connection (V.110) with RFW 2000 (optional extension) SMS and transmission via GSM with RFW 2000 (optional extension) Simultaneous use of all transmission types and transmission channels possible 20 telephone numbers, 4 dial-up access numbers for X.31 and 5 addresses programmable Modem function for remote access to the panel connected via serial interface Permanent monitoring of the transmission paths and system states including recording Integrated protocol analyser for service purposes Intelligent anti-block function for ISDN with protection for emergency call connection Telephone number number check and password prompt for remote access Remote control function via voice or DTMF Voice controlled user guidance for remote access and remote control over the telephone Parameterisation via WINFEM Advanced (USB or remote access) or via panel Remote connection of the connected panel to WINMAG Direct connection of a GPS antenna and transmission of the site coordinates possible Different receiver types (HDLC transparent, X.75, X.25, analogue (TELIM), Omniport-e*cityrufreceiver) Transmission of IDENT-KEY personnel data for documentation and reproductibility of operating procedures Transmission of detailed information of compatible panels including text for zones, groups and detectors 78 The DS 7700-ISDN is a ISDN/IP communication module for use in public or private networks having an additional function as ISDN transmission device. A further redundancy via GSM can be obtained with optional accessories (RFW 2000). The range of functions is not limited to the transmission of hazard messages, but also includes remote parameterisation, remote control and remote maintenance for the device itself as well as for connected compatible panels. Connections take place via ISDN networks, if desired, additionally via ISDN to VdS- and /or TELIM-compatible units, such as the DEZ When GSM is used as the redundant transmission path, messages can be received from the alarm receiving station via ISDN or a separate GSM module. Speech or SMS transmission is effected via ISDN (for SMS, optionally by GSM) to any telephone extension. The ISDN/IP communication module can either be installed in the housing of the panel as integration module, or separately for stand-alone operation or remote assembly in one of the two available housing types. The DS 7700 has 8 detector group inputs whose activation and response characteristics can be adapted individually. Even when used as integration module, the 8 independent detctor group inputs are additionally available for further transmission criteria. Furthermore, two remote switching outputs are available. The integrated serial interface is used for connecting devices that interact with the transmission device. The interface can be used in different modes. BUS-2 operation of the serial interface and connection of a compatible panel gives 32 transmission channels. This WINMAG or WINFEM interface can also be used to access the panel. This makes it possible to obtain a WINMAG connection, remote configuration, remote control and remote maintenance without using additional communication modules. When operating the interface as an S1 interface according to VdS, up to 4 compatible devices can be connected. The transmission of the alarm and control information via IP and ISDN takes place in accordance with the relevant VdS specifications, thus ensuring compatibility with the corresponding receiver units. The transmission of very detailed information made possible by the DS 7700 allows a quick and selective reaction of reduced risk potential for the intervention personnel. The AWAG-function (i. e. the transmission of speech over ISDN to any telephone extension) is completely integrated within the basic functions of the DS Voice memories with already predefined standard texts are available for 9 transmission channels. If the transmission device is connected to an MB-panel via serial interface, the 100 output criteria of the IACP can arbitrarily be allocated to the 9 transmission channels.to 4 of these 9 channels, additional texts of max. 3 sec. length can freely be added. The recording of these texts can be done via a telephone. The integrated DTMF detection allows remote control functions and remote enquiries to be carried out from any telephone extension that runs with the DTMF dialing method. An integrated voice-supported user guidance allows an easy intuitive operation of remote control and remote enquiry. When used as a stand-alone device, the integrated BUS-2 interface allows a connection of BUS-2 5-input or 5-output modules. Moreover, 80 additional inputs or outputs can be set up, allowing very extensive monitoring and control tasks to be covered. Function diagram

79 Alarm communications ISDN Dialling Devices &mt$ DS 7700 ISDN/IP communication module, with speech transmission756,50 G VdS (IDT); VSÖ W /38 E Information transmission via ISDN and/or IP network, suitable for connection to ISDN phone lines (multipoint or point-to-point connections). Ethernet interface for connection to IP networks, interface for connection to GSM networks (in connection with RFW 2000). incl. ISDN connecting cable Rated operating voltage 12V DC Operating voltage range 10.5V DC to 15V DC Current consumption stand-by 160 ma Current consumption active 200 ma Environmental class as per VdS II Ambient temperature range -10 C to +50 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Activation quiescent current zone, operating current zone, rate-of-rise detector zone, change of status Dimensions PCB (L x W) 158 x 112 mm Example of application Accessories Sheet steel housing ZG Sheet steel housing ZG 1 with room for power supply unit and accumulator Power supply/charger unit 12 V DC / 7.2 Ah integratable in art. no V DC / 6,5 Ah accumulator ADO -8 / TAE 6 / IAE covering case Covering case in NTBA and terminal box

80 Alarm communications ISDN Dialling Devices Accessories DS 7600 / DS &m@o Additional housing ZG 0 for ISDN communication modules 77,40 Housing with hinged door : 2mm sheet steel powder-coated Fastener via Esser-seal Dimensions (W x H x D) 230 x 155 x 90mm Colour grey-white, similar to RAL 9002 No space for power supply &mar Additional housing ZG 1 for ISDN communication module 101,50 Housing with hinged door : 2mm sheet steel powder-coated Fastener via Esser-seal Dimensions (W x H x D) 300 x 186 x 125mm Colour grey-white, similar to RAL 9002 Space for power supply (part no ) and 1x battery 80

81 Alarm communications Over GSM System RFW The VdS approved redundant radio link acts as an independent transmission path for the transmission of hazard reports via ISDN and GSM networks D1 and D2 to an assisting service (security firm). Redundant transmission paths or alternative paths must be used if called for by the relevant VdS guidelines or by users themselves, who are exposed to a great security risk in cases where fixed-link paths are particularly prone to be attacked. Alternative path: An additional transmission path that can be used if there is a fault in the main transmission path. In compliance with the VdS guidelines, the alternative path must be laid separately in both the building being monitored and the receiver location. Ideally, the alternative path should be set up via a network that is independent of the main transmission path (e.g. GSM network). According to the VdS guidelines, both transmission paths must be checked for availability and functional capability at regular intervals. Rated operating voltage 12V DC Operating voltage range 10.5V to 15V DC Current consumption stand-by <45mA Current consumption <300mA (active transmission) Environmental class as per VdS II Operating temperature range -5 C to +45 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Dimensions housing (W x H x D) 350x300x152mm (CH 2) Colour grey-white, similar to RAL The technical data of the GMS terminal are based on manufacturer data Design example Accessories V DC / 7.2Ah power supply / charger unit V DC / 17Ah power supply / charger unit

82 Alarm communications Over GSM &lg[ RFW-2000 GSM 1.208,00 G (IDCU), Communication module GSM information transmission system for the DS 7600-ISDN or DS 7700-ISDN/IP digital transmission system. Power supply or , 6.5 Ah battery A DS 7600 (part no ) or a DS 7700 (part no ) is required to set up a complete transmission system. E-GSM900 /GSM1800 Siemens TC 35 D-Netz terminal with serial connection cable, connection PCB and power supply cable, antenna for GSM terminal, application forms, CH 2 housing &lqy RFW-2000 E 1.516,00 G (transmission unit) Redundant radio link for receiver unit systems with GSM terminal. GSM information transmission system for ISDN receiver module. Installation option for or emergency power supply, 6.5 Ah battery An ISDN receiver module (057885) is required among the system components of the DEZ 9000 digital receiving station for implementing a complete transmission system for receiving devices. Siemens TC 35 EGSM900/GSM1800 terminal with serial connection cable, GSM adapter (057571) for ISDN receiver module, connection PCB and power supply cable, antenna for D- Netz terminal, application forms, CH 2 housing 82

83 Alarm communications Over GSM Example of redundant transmission path 1 All the required components can be accommodated in the RFW-2000 housing (CH 2). A DS 7600 or a DS 7700 is required to set up a complete communication system. The DS 7600 / DS 7700 can be installed in the housing of the RFW-2000 or in the housing of the hazard detection control unit, depending on the application. Depending on the reqirements the communication system can be triggered via the 8 inputs or via the BUS-2 or I-BUS of a compatible panel. That functions such as remote programming, remote diagnosis, and remote interrogation are possible with RFW-2000 via ISDN goes without saying. Remote service for the connected GMA is also possible upon actuation of the system via BUS-2 or I-BUS. In addition, extensive test and diagnosis options for the GSM components have been implemented. Apply to the following company for the necessary card contract for operation of a GSM terminal: Nerz Funktechnik Ebinger Straße 60 D Burladingen Telephone /13 45 Fax 07475/ Payment by the network operator for arranging a card contract is forwarded via the Nerz company to the applicant (installer). Appropriate application forms are supplied with the RFW Further usage options: RFW-2000 GSM as stand-alone version The RFW-2000 can be used as a stand-alone device when combined with the DS 7600 / DS 7700 communication module if: the transmission of messages for a monitored building is desired and no PSTN or ISDN phone line is available. This may be the case in the following examples: weekend houses, chalets, storage rooms, boats, stackable container buildings according to VDE 0100/0108 etc. Only the top diagram confirms to VdS requirements

84 Alarm communications Alarm Receiver DEZ 9000 Alarm receiver Features Up to eight receiver lines possible Receiver modules for ISDN or telim-compatible transmission systems Connection via X.25 (ISDN D channel) or TCP/IP allows a permanent up-to-date connection to the facilities Receiver module for TCP/IP (Ethernet) can be integrated VdS-approved encrypted alarm receiption with TCP/IP connections Alphanumeric LCD 4 x 40 characters display 40 characters per line thermoprinter Different interface protocols for downstream control centre DIN (TSS 31) Configuration via control centre or directly via connectable PC keypad Convenient PC user interface with control centre functions (DEZ-WIN) supplied as standard (upload/download) Runs on Windows 9X / NT / 2000 / XP Remote control of communication modules Automatic remote interrogation (status interrogation) Stand-alone or 19 version Event memory with minimum capacity of 20 events/facility Separate event memory for system activities, historical memory User-definable text macros Extensive options for configuration (printer, buzzer, routine call monitoring) Independent routine call monitoring possible Extensive statistics and diagnosis function Reception via GSM networks (with ISDN receiver module and GSM adapter) G VdS (IDT) (Alarm receiver) The DEZ 9000 Alarm receiver is designed for universal message reception, for registering and processing alarm, trouble and test reports from alarm panels or communication modules. The control panel is designed as a backup computer and service concentrator for a downstream remote control centre (PC). If no control centre PC is available, the DEZ 9000 can be used as a universal receiver computer. Easy-to-use operating and configuration software with control centre functions is provided by the Windows program DEZ-WIN when an external computer (PC) is connected. A standard 40 characters per line alphanumeric thermoprinter is available for printouts. This allows the user to keep a continuous record of events that are not logged by the downstream control centre PC or of events that must be printed. Modular structure allied with high performance ensure that this is a device capable of meeting the demands of various transmission mediums (e.g. Ethernet) and of complex information processing. The required hardware conditions for receiving messages from GSM networks are created by module RFW-2000 E (057580). The RFW-2000 E mainly consists of a GSM communication terminal and corresponding connection components integrated in a CH 2 sheet steel housing, to which the necessary antenna is attached. The RFW-2000 E is connected via the GSM / V.110 adapter (supplied as standard), which can be plugged on an existing ISDN receiver module. If a connection for the alternative path as per VdS is not required by the control centre, the RFW-2000 E module is not needed. In this case, the GSM / V.110 adapter (057572) is sufficient for receiving alarms via GSM networks. It is plugged on an existing ISDN receiver module. Rated connection voltage 230V AC Connection voltage range 230V AC / -15% to +10% Frequency 50Hz Rated operating voltage 12V DC Rated operating voltage range 10.5V to 15V DC Battery charging voltage 13.8V DC Current consumption at rated voltage without modules, with 2 MB RAM 200mA Thermoprinter non-active 100mA Thermoprinter active max. 600mA Telim receiver module stand-by 25mA Telim receiver module active 50mA ISDN receiver module stand-by 65mA ISDN receiver module active 65mA 2 MB RAM extension 10mA Operating temperature range -5 C to +45 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Environmental class as per VdS II Type of protection IP 30 Dimensions (W x H x D) 488 x 272 x 230mm Accessories Software upgrade, German, for DEZ Software upgrade, German, for DEZ-ISDN receiver module Software upgrade, German, for DEZ-TELIM receiver module Software upgrade, German, for Datex-P receiver module 84

85 Alarm communications Alarm Receiver &oq DEZ 9000 Alarm receiver in housing 4.880,00 1 Mains voltage 230V AC/ -15% to + 10% Mains frequency 50Hz Rated voltage 12V DC Rated operating voltage 10.5V to 15V DC Battery charging voltage 13.8V DC Ambient temperature -5 C to +45 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Environmental class as per VdS II Type of protection DIN IP 30 Dimensions (W x H x D) 488 x 272 x 230mm Integration option for 4 receiver modules in the housing, power supply / charger unit e.g and 2 x 6.5Ah batteries. 40 character thermoprinter, 2 MB memory card, serial interface for connection of remote control centre or an external computer (PC), with PC user interface DEZ-WIN &or DEZ front panel, 6 HU, installation in a 19 housing 4.554,00 By building the DEZ 9000 Alarm receiver in a 19 housing a maximum of 8 receivers can be set up. 40 character thermoprinter, 2 MB memory card, serial interface for connecting a remote control centre or an external computer (PC), with PC user interface DEZ-WIN &os 19 assembly plate 89, assembly plate for 4 receiver modules 6HU, installation in 19 cabinet 14 The assembly plate allows the integration of four receiver modules in a 19 housing. Accessories V DC / 32 Ah power supply / charger unit Paper reel for thermoprinter Connection cables Connection cable set 40 / 250 mm Connection cable 250 mm Connection cable 400 mm ISDN connection leads Open-ended ISDN connection lead with a western plug, 1m ISDN connection lead with two western connectors, 1.5m Covering case Covering case for NTBA and terminal box

86 Alarm communications Alarm Receiver Accessories/Options &ot! Telim-receiver module for DEZ ,00 Receiver module for PSTN phone line. For receiving alarm messages in TELIM protocol. Telephone connection cable &ov' ISDN receiver module for DEZ ,00 Receiver module for ISDN network access. ISDN connection cable &ou$ 2MB RAM extension for DEZ ,00 Required when more than 500 premises ar to be monitored &oy0 IP-Receiver Module for DEZ ,00 Receiver module for TCP/IP over Ethernet 86

87 Alarm communications Alarm Receiver Software &}!y Software update, German, for DEZ , &}" Software update, German, for DEZ ISDN receiver module 61, &}# Software update, German, for DEZ telim receiver module 61,

88 Notes 88

89 Wireless system

90 Wireless system MB Wireless System Intrusion detection panel (BUS-2 module) Features Advanced wireless transmission technology 2 radio bands: 433MHz / 868MHz A total of 24 wireless channels distributed over 2 radio bands Wireless radio system on integrated BUS-2 basis Each wireless module has a unique address Radio polling to all bidirectional wireless modules Permanent monitoring of the availability of the wirelss transmission path Intelligent external signal monitoring for detecting wireless signals that do not belong to the system Function monitoring of all wireless modules assigned to the system Tamper monitoring of all wireless modules Radio revision mode for determining the installation range Connection to intrusion detection panel units via BUS-2 (561-MB24, 561-MB48, 561-MB100 of Item no. Index.10 only) Simple commissioning by means of the installation mode of the WINFEM Advanced programming software The new innovative wireless system offers completely new opportunities of protecting human life and property values. Developed from the very start as a combined system, it is designed for securing privately owned homes, smaller and also larger commercial objects. In case of imminent danger, such as burglary, hold-up or even fires, it reliably signals an alarm via the alarm signalling devices of the connected intrusion detection panel. The wireless system can be integrated into the following intrusion detection panels: 561- MB24, 561-MB48, 561-MB100. The RF BUS-2 wireless receiver (Item no ) is used as a radio gateway between the radio technology and the BUS-2. This is why no special radio intrusion detection panel is required. This innovative RF BUS-2 wireless receiver uses a bidirectional radio connection to establish communication with up to any 16 wireless modules. Each RF BUS-2 wireless receiver works as an autonomous radio cell in its transmission and reception range. During commissioning of the radio system, the wireless modules are read in and assigned permanently to the RF BUS-2 wireless receiver by means of a unique address. The commissioning and also the programming of the wireless system is done comfortably via a PC/laptop using the parameterisation software WINFEM Advanced. The MB wireless system devices Art , and are approved for use in the following countries: Germany Austria Switzerland Liechtenstein Bulgaria Hungary Latvia Poland Romania Slowakia "Y!- RF BUS-2 wireless receiver 349,00 G (IDT), class B The RF BUS-2 wireless receiver is designed for expanding and supplementing compatible intruder panels (MB24/48/100.10). By integrating the RF BUS-2 wireless receiver, a bidirectional radio alarm system featuring the most advanced radio technology can be set up and operated. This BUS-2 module provides the functions of a gateway that is connected on one side to the intruder panel by means of a wired connection via the BUS-2. The RF BUS-2 wireless receiver can then communicate with any 16 radio communication devices via the other side of the bidirectional radio communication. Frequency band MHz Current consumption typ. 15 ma Operating voltage U_b 12 V DC (power supply via BUS-2) Frequency band MHz Range typ. 300 m with unrestricted view Installation position any Type of protection DIN IP 30 Environmental class as per VdS II Operating temperature range -10 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Dimensions (W x H x D) 118 x 118 x 31 mm (without antennae) Aerial (L) 75 mm and 135 mm Colour white (similar to RAL 9010) 90

91 Wireless system MB Wireless System "Y"0 RF 4I/O wireless module 364,00 G (IDT), class B Conventional detectors and contacts (e.g. passive glass breakage detectors, opening contacts) may be connected wired to the RF 4I/O wireless module. Optionally, the module is capable of activating up to 4 outputs (when equipped with optional relay boards) and a buzzer Features Permanent monitoring of the availability of th radio transmission line 4 universal detector groups are available 4-outputs optionally expandable with relay cards Power supply unit connection possible Radio revision mode for determining the installation range Connection to intruder panel via RF BUS-2 wireless receiver The RF 4I/O wireless module can be supplied with power either via batteries, a power supply unit or a combination of batteries and power supply unit, as desired. This allows the module to be adapted universally to different object-specific environments and applications. Frequency band MHz Frequency band MHz Range typ. 300 m with unrestricted view Installation position any Type of protection DIN IP 30 Environmental class as per VdS II Operating temperature range -10 C to +55 C Storage temperature without batteries -25 C to +70 C Storage temperature with batteries 25 C +/-10 C Dimensions (W x H x D) 200 x 144 x 39 mm (without antennae) Aerial (L) 75 mm and 135 mm Colour white (similar to RAL 9010) Operation mode Battery mode Operating voltage U_b 2 battery packs, Item no Battery life expectancy typ. 3,5 years Current consumption 100 μa (without activations of the current consumers) Operation mode Operation by power supply unit Rated operating voltage range 10 V DC to 15 V DC Current consumption in no-load operation 10 ma (without activations of the current consumers) Shipped without batteries (2 pcs required) Accessories Lithium battery for wireless components with cable, 2 pcs required Relay card, 1 output, for RF 4I/O wireless module "Y&< Lithium battery for MB wireless components 29,00 14 Lithium battery for wireless components of the MB Wireless system, with cable "Y#3 Relay card, 1 output, for RF 4I/O wireless module 29,00 18 Relay card, 1 output, for RF 4I/O wireless module, provides 1 potential-free output 19 Relay contact Relay contact rating normally open contact 30 V DC / 1 A

92 Wireless system MB Wireless System "Y+K Viewguard PIR RF, Wireless Motion Detector 269,00 G (IDT), class B G (IDT), class B, with Curtain optics G (IDT), class B, with Long-range optics Passive infrared motion detector with wide angle optics to be used within MB wireless system. Dual-Band radio transmission for best performance and security. Features Cyclic bidirectional communication Battery supervision Bidirectional wireless communication Volumetric optics for supervision of an area of 12 m x 12 m By changing the mirror (optoinal) long-range or curtain characteristics acheivable Sensivity selectable through panel programming LED display LED optional to be deactivated Wireless revision mode with selective LED display for easy commisioning Temperature detector built in, levels programmable in panel Lid tamper and Off-wall tamper detection Housing suitable for corner and wall mount Operating voltage U_b 1 battery pack, Item no Battery life expectancy typ. 2,5 years Current consumption typ. 65 μa Frequency band MHz Frequency band MHz Transmitting range typ. 300 m with unrestricted view Range programmable Volumetric optics 8 / 11 / 13 / 15 m Long range optics 29 / 35 / 42 / 50 m Curtain optics (vertical) 17 / 21 / 25 / 30 m Sensitivity programmable normal / high Installation position vertical, optics at the bottom Type of protection DIN IP 30 Environmental class as per VdS II Operating temperature range -10 C to +55 C Storage temperature without batteries -25 C to +70 C Storage temperature with batteries 25 C +/-10 C Dimensions (W x H x D) 64 x 158 x 48 mm Colour white (similar to RAL 9010) Shipped without batteries (1 pcs required) Accessories Lithium battery for wireless components with cable Viewguard PIR curtain mirror set 3 pcs Viewguard PIR long range mirror set 3 pcs Wall mounting bracket for motion detectors Ball-and-socket joint for wall and corner mounting Lock seals for motion detectors 20 pcs. 92

93 Keypads and display units

94 Keypads and display units BUS-2 keypads and display units BUS-2 keypad range Ease of use and contemporary design were paramount in the development of remote control and information systems for the MB panels. The keypads for interior operation feature a clear layout of the operation and indication elements as well as large buttons and displays. The connection to the panels is made via the BUS-2 interface. Flush mounting is possible using the fm fixing kit. Rated operating voltage 12V DC Operating voltage range 10V to 15V DC Operating temperature range -5 C to +45 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Type of protection DIN IP 40 Environmental class as per VdS II Colour grey-white, similar to RAL 9002 Modules and can only be operated in conjunction with a / 41 LCD keypad or a / keypad ":Ig 2 x 40 character LCD keypad 389,00 G (IDU), class C All operation and programming functions can be carried out with this keypad. Operational transparency is achieved using a 2 x 40 character display, which is backlit in certain situations, and special function keys. Complex operating and programming processes are carried out interactively, i.e. the operator is guided by information or selection menus on the display at all times. German marking of the keypad, display language support is panel setting dependent. Quiescent current Current consumption Dimensions (W x H x D) 60mA 5mA (each LED); 95mA with illuminated display 196 x 142 x 42 mm G0 ":I /H1_ 2 x 40 character LCD keypad, English version 408,50 English marking of the keypad, display language support is panel setting dependent I0 ":I /J1k 2 x 40 character LCD keypad, Italian version 408,50 Italian marking of the keypad, display language support is panel setting dependent NL ":I /OM 2 x 40 character LCD keypad, Dutch version 408,50 Dutch marking of the keypad, display language support is panel setting dependent F0 ":I /G1Y 2 x 40 character LCD keypad, French version 408,50 French marking of the keypad, display language support is panel setting dependent T0 ":I /U1F 2 x 40 character LCD keypad, Czech version 408,50 Czech marking of the keypad, display language support is panel setting dependent. 94

95 Keypads and display units BUS-2 keypads and display units W0 ":I /X1X 2 x 40 character LCD keypad, Hungarian verison 408,50 Hungarian marking of the keypad, display language support is panel setting dependent P1 ":I /Q25 2 x 40-digit LCD keypad, Poland version 408,50 Polish marking of the keypad, display language support is panel setting dependent HR ":I /IS 2 x 40 character LCD keypad, Croatian version 408,50 Croatian marking of the keypad, display language support is panel setting dependent U0 ":I /V1L 2 x 40 character LCD keypad, Russian version 439,10 Russian marking of the keypad, cyrillic display language support RO ":I /SPE 2 x 40 character LCD keypad, Romanian version 408,50 Polish marking of the keypad, display language support is panel setting dependent M0 ":I /N1 2 x 40 character LCD keypad, Portuguese version 408,50 Portuguese marking of the keypad, display language support is panel setting dependent ":Jj 2 x 40 character LCD keypad 389,00 11 G (IDU), class C 12 As but without flap, slim-line housing Quiescent current 60mA Current consumption 5mA (each LED); 95mA with illuminated display Dimensions (W x H x D) 196 x 142 x 37 mm G0 ":J /H1b 2 x 40 character LCD operating unit, English version 408,50 English marking of the keypad, display language support is panel setting dependent F0 ":J /G1\ 2x40-digit LCD operating unit, s.m., wo. cover, France version 408,50 French marking of the keypad, display language support is panel setting dependent U0 ":J /V1O 2x40-digit LCD operating unit, s.m., wo. cover, Cyrilic font 439,10 Russian marking of the keypad, cyrillic display language support ":S 3-wire flat-band cable 8,35 Connection cable for operating unit / control unit. 3 m, includes plug. For panel programming via /

96 Keypads and display units BUS-2 keypads and display units ":Km 16 DZ keypad 291,50 G (IDU), class C The module allows small-scale management of up to 16 detector zones. There is one indicator LED for each detector zone to indicate the states alarm and disabled, and a blokking key. The location of an alarm can be quickly identified by means of the plain text inscription field for each detector zone. The customer specific plain texts can be easily printed out with WINFEM Advanced. Quiescent current Current consumption Dimensions (W x H x D) 25mA 5mA (each LED) 196 x 142 x 32 mm Only in conjunction with / or / ":Q 16 DZ display module 264,00 G (IDU), class C There is one indicator LED for each detector zone to indicate the states alarm and omitted, and a plain text inscription field. The customer specific plain texts can be easily printed out with WINFEM Advanced. Dimensions (W x H x D) 196 x 142 x 32 mm Only in conjunction with / or / ":Ms 16 DG keypad (10 DG omittable) 288,00 G (IDU), class C The keypad contains the following operation and indication elements: - keys for omitting detector zones 1-10; - key ON and OFF (various functions); - indicators for DZ 1-10 omitted ; - indicators for DZ 1-16 alarm ; - indicators for operation, - disarmed, internally armed, release, fault and alarm; - integrated buzzer. -The customer specific plain texts can be easily printed out with WINFEM Advanced. Quiescent current Current consumption Dimensions (W x H x D) 25mA 5mA (each LED) 196 x 142 x 32 mm G0 ":M /H1k 10-MG-operating unit (10 MG blockable), English version 310,10 English version of the The keypad contains the following operation and indication elements: - keys for omitting detector zones 1-10; - key ON and OFF (various functions); - indicators for DZ 1-10 omitted ; - indicators for DZ 1-16 alarm ; - indicators for operation, - disarmed, internally armed, release, fault and alarm; - integrated buzzer. -The customer specific plain texts can be easily printed out with WINFEM Advanced. 96

97 Keypads and display units BUS-2 keypads and display units ":AO 8 DZ compact keypad 288,00 G (IDU), class C The keypad contains the following operation and indication elements: - key group for detector zones 1-8 disable / enable; - key ON and OFF (various functions); - indicators for DZ 1-8 disabled ; - indicators for DZ 1-8 alarm ; - indicators for operation, disarmed, internally armed, release, fault and alarm; - integrated buzzer. -The customer specific plain texts can be easily printed out with WINFEM Advanced. -German marking Quiescent current Current consumption Dimensions (W x H x D) 25mA 5mA (each LED) 196 x 142 x 32 mm G0 ":A /H1G 8 DZ compact keypad, English 288,00 English version of the The keypad contains the following operation and indication elements: - key group for detector zones 1-8 disable / enable; - key ON and OFF (various functions); - indicators for DZ 1-8 disabled ; - indicators for DZ 1-8 alarm ; - indicators for operation, disarmed, internally armed, release, fault and alarm; - integrated buzzer ":Oy Flush mount installation and configuration set 96,80 Surface mounting components can be converted for flush mounting, using an fm housing sleeve and an fm cover frame. Any combination is possible Example of possible fm arrangements

98 Keypads and display units BUS-2 keypads and display units DZ BUS-2 display unit 1.082,00 The 64 DZ display unit allows remote status indication of up to 64 detector zones. The status alarm (red LED) and detector zone disabled (yellow LED) can be displayed for each detector zone. The customer specific plain texts can be easily printed out with WINFEM Advanced. It is actuated via BUS-2. The display unit can be connected to all MB panels. Rated operating voltage 12V DC Operating voltage range 10V DC to 25V DC Current consumption in no-load operation 60mA at 12V DC Current consumption per LED 5mA Operating temperature range -5 C to +45 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Environmental class as per VdS II Type of protection DIN IP 40 Dimensions (W x H x D) 270x237x125mm Colour grey-white, similar to RAL ":no Graphics keypad TouchCenter BUS 2 479,00 applied The newly developed graphics keypad TouchCenter for BUS 2 with colour touchscreen can be used in conjunction with the intruder alarm control panels of the series MB100, MB48, MB24 and MB256 plus. Connection to the control panel is via BUS 2. Important for the operation and display of system information of a hazard detection system is above all reliability, rapid acquisition of information and easy operation. These are vital prerequisites for daily use that the TouchCenter fulfils in every respect. Features Dialog-guided intuitive user guidance with symbols Plain text display of all messages Clear and precise display of system status Connection to control panel via BUS colour display with touchscreen function Switchable display colour scheme Flash technology for updates Different languages possible (Oct German and English) Graphics possible as background imag (e.g. company logo/family coat of arms) VdS-approval pending Up to 16 operating modules can be connected to a control panel The Touchcenter for BUS 2 enables your hazard detection system to be dialog managed. By touching a display on the touchscreen, the desired operating function can be selected directly and executed. Clear and unambiguous buttons and additional symbols provide maximum operating comfort. The 3 LEDs on the front show the current operating states of the system even if the graphics display is not activated. Further status and operating information is accurately and clearly displayed. Furthermore, the elegant and contemporary design of the TouchCenter has a switchable display colour scheme that enables the operating module to be adapted to customer- specific requirements. The intruder alarm control panel as well as the Touch-Center is programmed project-related via a PC/laptop equipped with the software package WINFEM Advanced. If a VdS-approval is required for the TouchCenter, the operating module can be correspondingly upgraded using the VdS kit for TouchCenter (Item. no ). Required software: 561-MB100* / HB24 / HB48* / MB24 / MB48 (1-RAM Version) V08.16 or later 561-MB100* / HB24 / HB48* / MB24 / MB48 (2-RAM Version), V08.16 or... V09.12 or later it features of V09 required WINFEM Advanced V07.13 or later 561-MB256 plus Accessories V03.18 or later WINFEM Advanced V07.13 or later Note: *Item no. von MB100 und HB48 with Index.10 Not applicable with BUS 2 loop module Item no VdS kit for TouchCenter

99 Keypads and display units BUS-2 keypads and display units ":or VdS-Kit for TouchCenter 39,00 1 Provides a mounting plate with locking mechanism required for VdS-approved installation. Also a plastic glue for fixing the housing flap is included. The TouchCenter is delivered with a mounting plate without locking mechanism. For installation according to VdS, the mounting plate of this VdS-Kit must be used. The VdS-kit includes a mounting plate, plastic glue and VdS sealing stickers for installation and sealing according to VdS ":l /21D Comfort Touch Colour graphical keypad 1.980,00 High-quality and innovative Comfort Touch Colour graphical keypad for installation in HB/MB24, HB/MB48, MB100 and MB256plus intrusion alarm panels. Dialogue-controlled and intuitive operation via a touch-sensitive colour screen (touch screen). Different functions can be directly activated by touching the screen. Clear and detailed display of all system information. Operating and indicating panels are programmed on a PC / laptop with WINFEM MB software installations for control panel parameter setting. BUS-2 connection. Note for installation planning: The Comfort Touch Colour requires external power supply. Power must not be supplied via BUS-2 connection but through a seperate path Mounting frame for cavity wall or flush mount installation An opening with the required dimensions must be provided for mounting the Comfort Touch Color with the mounting frame. Please observe the installation depth

100 Keypads and display units BUS-2 keypads and display units "*D8 Compact keypad for IDCU series 561-HB/MB48 128,50 G (IDT), class C All operating procedures, such as internal arming / disarming, omitting of detector zones and clearing of alarms can be carried out with this keypad. LED indicators are available for the following criteria: operation, disarmed, internally armed, operation release, collective alarm and collective fault. Operation and indication is possible with and without code entry. Quiescent current Current consumption Dimensions (W x H x D) 25mA 7mA (LED); 30mA (buzzer) 100 x 192 x 34 mm A maximum of 4 keypads can be connected

101 Expander modules BUS-2 BUS

102 Expander modules BUS-2 BUS /210 5-input module BUS-2 152,50 G (IDT), class C The 5-input module is a BUS-2 user, to which 5 EOL detector zones with 12.1k? terminating resistance can be connected. For each input the resetting function for self-latching detectors can be individually selected. The input module also features 5 red LEDs for detector zone indication, an integrated cover contact and a buzzer which can be set to sound continuously or intermittently. Features 5 EOL detector zones can be connected 5 red LEDs for detector zone indication Integrated cover contact Buzzer Rated operating voltage 12V DC Operating voltage range 9v to 15V DC Quiescent current 2.5mA, inputs open / 6mA, inputs closed Maximum current consumption 46mA Operating temperature range -5 C to +45 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Environmental class as per VdS II Dimensions (W x H x D) 118x118x31mm Colour grey-white, similar to RAL "@@ /213 5-output module BUS-2 141,00 G (IDT), class C The 5-output module is a BUS-2 user, which features 5 semi-conductor outputs with +12 V DC / 50 ma. The output function can be defined via the connected central control unit. The 5-output module also features an integrated cover contact and a buzzer, which can be set to sound continuously or intermittently. Features 5 semi-conductor outputs Integrated cover contact Buzzer Rated operating voltage 12V DC Operating voltage range 9V to 15V DC Current consumption 1.3mA, all outputs inactive Current consumption 24mA, all inputs active, buzzer switsched on, no users connected Current consumption 350mA, all outputs active and short-circuited Operating temperature range -5 C to +45 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Environmental class as per VdS II Dimensions (W x H x D) 118x118x31mm Colour grey-white, similar to RAL

103 Expander modules BUS ""5b DUO I/O-Module BUS-2/BUS-1, flush-mount 162,20 1 Features BUS-2 operation: Works as 5-input module BUS-2 (compatibility mode, no outputs available) DUO I/O module mode in preparation BUS-1 operation: Works as Input module, relay module or un versal connection module 4 Inputs with reset function 4 LEDs as detector zone display or freely programmable (depending on mode), each one visible or coverable 2 outputs, open collector, active low (driven parallel to LED 1 and 2) Easy mount in flush-mount boxes with 60 mm diameter (Germany, Austria, Switzerland) Optional relay module with 230V / 8A relay available applied The DUO module provides 4 detector zone inputs and 2 outputs. It can be connected to a MB panel alternatively by BUS-1 or BUS-2. The 4 detector zone inputs have are sutiable for self-latching detectors like glass-break-sensors. Additionally two programmable outputs (active-low, current limited, max. 30 V DC / 50 ma per output) are available. With the optional DUO Relay Module switching of up to 230V / 8A is possible. Screwdriver included ""6e DUO Relay Module 230V AC/8A flush-mount 66,60 applied Relay module as optional extension for DUO I/O module. Two relays with 230V / 8A each and cover tamper contact. When combined with the DUO I/O module these can be mounted side by side in flush mount boxes (German, Austria or Switzerland). For this a double cover is available (Art ) Features Two relays to be driven by the outputs of the DUO I/O module or any other active low source. Both relays with changeover contact Wide switch load range : 5V DC / 10 ma up to 230V AC / 8 A 2 LED to display relay state, each coverable is desired Easy mounting in flush mount boxes with 50 mm diameter (Germany, Austria, Switzerland)

104 Expander modules BUS ""8k Double-cover for DUO-/Relaismodule 2pcs. 13,50 Double-cover for DUO-/Relaismodule to be used when two modules mounted side by side on german, austrian or switzerland flush mount boxes 2 pcs of double cover ""9n Decorating foil set for DUO module 5pcs 37,80 Spare foil set for DUO /-relay module 4 pcs 4-hole foil, 1 pcs 2-hole foil "@B^ Miniature module, BUS-2 80,00 The BUS-2 mini module allows BUS-2 system integration of detectors with conventional connection technology. Essential reports such as alarm, fault or tamper reports can be transmitted to the control panel via 3 logic circuit inputs. Detector functions can be controlled via 3 outputs: Output 1: arming/disarming Output 2: walk test Output 3: freely programmable The timing behaviour of the three outputs can be individually adapted to the detectors requirements (with WINFEM Advanced). The miniature module is installed in the detector housing. Rated operating voltage 12V DC (BUS 2 supplied) Operating voltage range 10V to 15V DC Current consumption BUS-2 Quiescent current: All inputs are connected with 0V, outputs are not connected: approx. 500μA; all inputs are open, outputs are not connected: approx. 1mA, Current consumption on BUS-2 maximum current: all inputs are open, all outputs are connected and hot-wired: approx. 37mA Connection BUS-2: 4-pin terminal; detector: fused 6-pin ribbon cable, length: approx. 140mm Type of protection DIN IP 30 Environmental class according to VdS II Operating temperature range -5 C to +45 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Dimensions (W x H x D) 40 x 18 x 13mm (w/o) cable Can be used with the MB panels HB/MB24, HB/MB48 and MB "@=O BUS-2 isolator module 74,00 G106006,(IDCU), Class C BUS-2 isolator modules ensure secure operation and can be used for loop and spur systems. In combination with BUS-2 loop modules (part no ), BUS-2 loop and / or spur systems can be set up when integrating BUS-2 isolator modules. Loop system: In case of a fault occurring in the BUS-2 loop, only the defective part is isolated from the loop so that the functionality of the remaining users is maintained. Spur system: In case of a fault, the BUS system remains active up to the defective part. A maximum of 8 isolator modules can be used for each loop / spur BUS-2 loop topology can be built with the MB panels HB/MB48 and MB100.

105 Expander modules BUS-2/BUS-1 Fire detector '5{* Smoke Detector Base BUS-2/BUS-1 79,80 2 The newly developed smoke detector base enables fire detection in conjunction with an intrusion detector control unit suited for connecting devices via BUS 1 or BUS 2. Such a system configuration is particularly suited for locations where despite no fire detection system being required by building laws the use of such technology to protect people and property is desirable. This might be the case in homes, professional offices or smaller commercial operations. The combination of a base and fire alarm detector enables the equipment to be selected and used appropriately for the specific fire danger characteristics of the location Features Connection to intrusion detector control units via BUS 2 or BUS 1 installations High security against false alarms due to stateof-the-art sensor electronics and microprocessors in each fire alarm detector Automatic self-monitoring of function and condition by fire alarm detector The smoke detector base is easy to install and practical in design Optimized stock management for the installer, since there is only one module for both bus systems Fire alarm detector program with variable use options Tamper monitoring for unauthorized detector removal Integrated measures against detector removal Attractive design; available with different covers and components Cable entry possible through the side or the baseplate Simple set-up using the WINFEM Advanced programming software High-performance fire alarm detectors of the IQ8Quad series meet the latest technical requirements for early detection of fires. Each detector has a microprocessor for intelligent processing of signals and measurement values. This enables each fire detector to adapt automatically to any changes in environmental conditions, such as fouling or aging, without a change in the sensitivity of the detector. A number of alarm options which previously could only be implemented by the use of a fire detector control unit can now be included in the programming and alarm functions of the intrusion detector control unit. Operational setup and programming of the system is simple using a PC or Laptop and WINFEM Advanced software for configuration. Rated operating voltage 12 V DC Operating voltage range 10 V DC to 15 V DC Current consumption at rated voltage max. 3 ma Operating temperature range -5 C to +70 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Environmental class as per VdS II Type of protection DIN IP 42 (with fire alarm detector) Dimensions (Ø x H) 117 x 25 mm (117 x 62 mm with fire alarm detector) Colour white (similar to RAL 9010) Please select and order the appropriate fire detector for the smoke detector base: Item no. Description IQ8Quad fixed heat detector IQ8Quad rate-of-rise heat detector IQ8Quad optical smoke detector IQ8Quad O2T multi-sensor detector IQ8Quad OTG multi-sensor detector (CO) Detector testing equipment is available on request

106 Expander modules BUS-2/ BUS '5}0 Fixed heat detector IQ8Quad 74,70 Automatic heat detector with fast semiconductor sensor to guarantee reliable detection of fires with strong heat generation. Intelligent fire detector with decentralised intelligence, automatic function self-test, CPU failure mode, alarm and operating data memory, alarm indicator, soft-addressing and operating indication. The detector is provided with an integrated isolator. A parallel detector indicator can be connected. Rated operating voltage 8 V DC to 42 V DC Closed-circuit current 19 V DC ca. 40 ma Opertaing temperature range -20 C to +50 C Class of protection IP 42 Monitoring height max. 7,5m Area to be monitored max. 30m² Detector specification EN 54-5 A1S Response temperature 58±4 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +75 C Weight ca. 110g Dimensions 177 x 49 mm (incl. Base 62 mm) Housing ABS, white, like RAL 9010 Special marking for heat detector on the light pipe: black ring '5~3 Rate-of-rise heat detector IQ8Quad 74,70 Automatic heat detector with fast semiconductor sensor to guarantee reliable detection of fires with rapidly rising temperatures and integrated fixed temperature function for the detection of fires with slowly rising temperatures. Intelligent fire detector with decentralised intelligence, automatic function self-test, CPU failure mode, alarm and operating data memory, alarm indicator, soft-addressing and operating indication. The detector is provided with an integrated isolator. A parallel detector indicator can be connected. Rated operating voltage 8 V DC to 42 V DC Closed-circuit current 19 V DC ca. 40 ma Opertaing temperature range -20 C to +50 C Class of protection IP 42 Monitoring height max. 7,5m Area to be monitored max. 30m² Detector specification EN 54-5 A1 Storage temperature range -25 C to +75 C Weight ca. 110g Dimensions 177 x 49 mm (incl. Base 62 mm) Housing ABS, white, like RAL 9010 Special marking for heat detector on the light pipe: black ring

107 Expander modules BUS-2/ BUS '5 6 Optical smoke detector IQ8Quad 94,30 1 Optical smoke detector to guarantee safe and early detection of fire. Intelligent fire detector with decentralised intelligence, automatic function self-test, CPU failure mode, alarm and operating data memory, alarm indicator, soft-addressing and operating indication. The detector is provided with an integrated isolator. A parallel detector indicator can be connected. Rated operating voltage 8 V DC to 42 V DC Closed-circuit current 19 V DC ca. 50 ma Opertaing temperature range -20 C to +72 C Class of protection IP 42 Monitoring height max. 12m Area to be monitored max. 110m² Detector specification EN 54-7 Storage temperature range -25 C to +75 C Weight ca. 110g Dimensions 177 x 49 mm (incl. Base 62 mm) Housing ABS, white, like RAL ' ,50 O 2 T multisensor IQ8Quad Multisensor detector provided with two built-in optical smoke sensors with different scattered light angles as well as additional heat detector sensor evaluation to guarantee the detection of different types of fire from smouldering fires to open fires with constant sensitivity level. Smoke sensor signal identification to ensure smoke classification and reduction of deceptive alarms caused, for instance, by water vapour or dust. Because of its excellent detection characteristics, the detector is also able to identify the standardized TF1 and TF6 test fires. The O²T multisensor detector is also suitable for applications with higher temperatures of up to +65 C. The detector is provided with an integrated isolator. A parallel detector indicator can be connected. Rated operating voltage 8 V DC to 42 V DC Closed-circuit current 19 V DC ca. 60 ma Opertaing temperature range -20 C to +65 C Class of protection IP 42 Monitoring height max. 12m Area to be monitored max. 110m² Detector specification EN 54-7/5 B, CEA 4021 Storage temperature range -25 C to +75 C Weight ca. 110g Dimensions 177 x 49 mm (incl. Base 62 mm) Housing ABS, white, like RAL

108 Expander modules BUS-2/ BUS '5 < OTG multisensor (CO) IQ8Quad 139,90 Multisensor detector with integrated smoke detector, heat detector and gas sensor (CO) for preventive and early detection of fires ranging from smouldering fires to open fires through combined evaluation of scattered light, temperature and gas. An alarm is actuated at carbon monoxide (CO) concentration levels that are life-threatening for humans. The detector is provided with an integrated isolator. A parallel detector indicator can be connected. Rated operating voltage 8 V DC to 42 V DC Closed-circuit current 19 V DC ca. 65 ma Opertaing temperature range -20 C to +50 C Class of protection IP 42 Monitoring height max. 12m Area to be monitored max. 110m² Detector specification EN 54-7/5 A2, CEA 4021 Storage temperature range -25 C to +75 C Weight ca. 110g Dimensions 177 x 49 mm (incl. Base 62 mm) Housing ABS, white, like RAL 9010 CO-alert ca. 100 ppm In the course of installation, we recommend testing the integrated CO sensor with our CO test gas (Part No ) or CO capsule (Part No ). Gas sensors (CO) mainly react to the carbon monoxide arising from a fire (CO). They have, however, also a cross sensitivity to other gases, as for example hydrogen (H2), acetylene (C2H2) or nitric oxide (NO). Special marking for gas detector on the light pipe: black ring

109 Expander modules BUS-1 Detector zone modules 1 These modules make it possible to link conventional detector technology to BUS-1 system technology. The modules provide one or two detector zones with 12k1 end of line resistor, that work independently of one another. Up to 20 passive glass breakage sensors and / or contacts can be connected per detector zone. Rated operating voltage 12V DC Operating voltage range 10V DC to 15V DC Quiescent current 1 DZ module: max. 4mA Quiescent current 2 DZ module: max. 5mA Detector zone active max. 3mA Detector zone display/led 2mA Current consumption 1 DZ module: max. 16mA Current consumption 2 DZ module: max. 28mA Operating temperature range -5 C to +45 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Dimensions (W x H x D) 85x109x30mm Colour grey-white, similar to RAL ""* /21 1-detector zone connection module BUS-1 70,60 G (IDT), class C ""+ /21 2-detector zone connection module BUS-1 107,50 G (IDT), class C ""3\ 2-detector zone connection module BUS-1 for flush mount 99,50 18 G (IDT), class C 19 Can be installed in a fm installation box or fm cavity wall box (Ø = 55 mm). Dimensions (ØxD) 54x32mm Colour grey-white, similar to RAL

110 Expander modules BUS ""1V Distributor module BUS-1 75,60 G (IDT), class C The distributor module allows star-shaped connection of a number of BUS-1 lines at one distribution point. It provides one BUS-1 input and four outputs. A EOL detector zone (12.1k? terminating resistance) with LED indicator is integrated in the distributor module to provide an additional option. Tamper detection by a cover contact is provided. Quiescent current Detector zone active 0.9mA 15mA Universal connection module The modules were specifically designed for adapting sensors and detectors with conventional detection technology to the BUS-1 system. It is also possible to actuate a signal indicator via a semi-conductor output; in other words, an additional parallel indicator or signalling device can be activated. Rated operating voltage Operating voltage range Quiescent current Semiconductor outputs Operating temperature range Storage temperature range Environmental class as per VdS 12V DC 10V DC to 15V DC 2mA 50mA -5 C to +45 C -25 C to +70 C II "",G Universal connection module BUS-1, integration version 53,60 Current consumption Dimensions (W x H x D) max 15mA 55x48x16mm ""-J Universal connection module BUS-1, fm version 81,70 G (IDT), class C Can be installed in a fm installation box or fm cavity wall box (Ø = 55 mm). Current consumption Dimensions (ØxD) max. 9mA 54x32mm 110

111 Expander modules BUS-1 Relay Output Modules The relay output modules can be used for individual switching tasks. The programming of the system at the panel determines when a relay module is activated. Two versions are available depending on the required switching capacity. The integrated relays have change-over contacts. Rated operating voltage 12V DC Operating voltage range 10V DC to 15V DC Operating temperature range -5 C to +45 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Environmental class as per VdS II Dimensions (W x H x D) 85x109x30mm Colour grey-white, similar to RAL 9002 %,S /21G Relay output module BUS-1, 24 V DC / 1 A 114,50 Quiescent current Current consumption Parallel indicator Maximum switching capacity G (IDT), class C 0.5mA 21mA with Relay 24V DC max. 20mA 24V/ 1A %,T /21J Relay output module BUS-1, 250 V AC / 5 A 131,50 G (IDT), class C Quiescent current Current consumption Parallel indicator Maximum switching capacity 0.5mA 40mA with Relay 250V AC max. 20mA 230V AC / 5A %/,d BUS-1 Doorguard 298,00 16 To be used for protection of two escape doors or one door with two leaves. Provides immediate local audible alarm warning. To be connected to a MB panel via BUS Features Supervision of escape doors LED displays Off state 2 door contact inputs Integrated sounder Lid tamper contact Outputs for Alarm and Off-State BUS-1 connection

112 Expander modules BUS-1 Accessories ""G1 BUS-1 tester 180,00 The BUS-1 tester can be used from any point in the BUS to check each address on the line for its transmission status and signal level. The evaluated information is optically displayed. There are measuring points outside the housing for oscilloscope measurements. Flush mount housing range With the flush mount housing range, modules with W 85 x H 109 x D 30 mm housing dimensions can also be flush mounted &$%: Flush mount basic housing cover without LED hole 7,05 For and &$&= Flush mount basic housing cover 9,75 For , and &$'@ Flush mount basic housing cover, 2 LED holes 11,70 For &$#4 Housing sleeve 4,35 For housing covers: , , Dimensions (W x H x D) 92x116x35mm 112

113 Switching devices IDENT-KEY controllers Electro-mechanical locking elements

114 Switching devices IDENT-KEY controllers IDENT-KEY IK3 Features Arming / disarming an intrusion detection system Access control function Operation via data carrier and / or PIN code Explicit identification and logging Wireless and therfore wear-free data, information and energy transmission Highest security through alternating code system, encrypted transmission (in compliance with the current VdS and BSI guidelines) and exclusive evaluation within secured areas Individual PIN code for each data carrier Access control data can be governed and usage rights can be assigned in time zones Duress alarm via hold-up code UP to 100 control functions are available Exchangable upper housing parts (plug-in) Labelling via symbols (as a universal language) Time limited keypad backlight Compatibility to the IDENT-KEY 2 system Compatibility to the Accentic range of readers Compatibility to the Classic range of readers (RS-485 only) Compatibility to the Insertic range of readers (RS-485 only) Firmware update via the BUS-2 system Coded transmission in compliance with the new VdS and BSI guidelines IDENT-KEY operates on the basis of an alternating code system. For identification and authorisation purposes, the serial number of the proximity tag is read and then transmitted to the door controller for verification. The door controller checks whether the serial number has been allocated and authorised by the panel. Afterwards an alternating code is exchanged twice between the tag and the door controller. - A transponder cannot be copied, as only the serial number can be read. The alternating part of the code is only accessible after successful login with the respective password. - There is no data pre-processing inside the reader. All data is processed within the secured area (door controller). - The alternating code process is only started when the respective transponder is connected to the panel and after it has received authorisation. - An encryption system guarantees bug-proof transmission and multiple data packets are transmitted #B- /21f IK3-door controller for BUS-2 286,50 G104028, class C Features Up to 4 readers Accentic or Classic can be connected via the RS-485 interface, also mixed or 1 IK2 operating unit of any type or 1 IK2 block lock RS-485 interface having a range of up to 1,200 m Blocking element 1, blocking element 3 or SLIM-LOCK blocking element can be used as blocking devices Up to 100 control functions can be defined Controls single entry access portal with manway or turnstile function Bank personal protection system possible via programming of the panel Multiple-access control for up to 9 users (MB24/48/100.10) Different access control criteria for rntry and exit, also time dependant Control of access control functions through IQ MultiAccess or IQ SystemControl (MB24/48/100.10) Firmware update via the BUS-2 system (MB24/48/100.10) or directly on the door controller With the IK3 door controller for BUS-2, mechanical locking technology and electronic data and information transmission can be combined. Up to 4 RS-485 readers (operating units), any individual IK2 operating unit or one IK2 block lock can be connected to the evaluation unit. In addition, there is one connection option for one SLIM-LOCK blocking element. The IDENT-KEY system enables time zone allocation as well as locking time and key number logging. In this case, the operating unit does not serve as a direct switching device but as a reading station. Preliminary decisions about arming and disarming are made by the door controller and they are then transmitted to the panel. While being in the disarmed mode, a door that is locked by a door strike can be released via an reader (operating unit) and / or a release key (access control function). When using IDENT-KEY as an arming / disarming device, an appropriate blocking element has to be employed (e.g. electromechanical blocking element), which is supposed to prevent people from unintentionally entering armed areas. Actuation is carried out from the panel via the door controller. For door control purposes, a bolt switching contact, a release contact and a passive glass breakage sensor can be directly connected to the door controller. They do not need to be individually wired and connected to the intrusion detection central unit (easy mounting). Application related data such as key numbers and time-limited authorisation is directly programmed via the intrusion alarm panel (LCD keypad or WINFEM software module). With WINFEM für User(Mb256plus), IQ MultiAccess or IQ SystemControl the end user can make modifications and grant access authorisation to a certain extent. Operating voltage 12V DC Operating voltage range 9V to 15V DC Output voltage 12V DC, short circuit resilient, current limited to 200mA Quiescent current <15mA (maximum value) Current consumption typ. 25mA (evaluation unit + all inputs + IK3 operating unit) Type of protection DIN IP 30 Environmental class as per VdS II Storage temperature range -5 C to +55 C Dimensions (W x H x D) 118x118x31mm Colour grey-white, similar to RAL

115 8 Kanal Auswerteeinheit IK2 IDENT-KEY Switching devices IDENT-KEY controllers #B+ Conventional IK3 door controller (hardwired) 368,00 1 Features G Class C The conventional IK3 door controller can be used for panels equipped with block lock connection. Up to four readers can be connected to the door controller via the RS-485 interface. Alternatively, 1 IK2 reader (operating unit) of any type or 1 IK2 block lock can be used. Another option is to connect the locking elements 1 and/or 3 (if desired, several of them) and/or 1 locking element SLIM-LOCK. The IDENT-KEY system allows an allocation to time zones and recording of the locking times and key numbers. In the disarmed state, a door locked by a door strike can be released via the reader(operating unit) and/or a key (access control function) Hardwired connection to any panel as switching device Stand-alone as door controller Up to 4 readers Accentic or Classic can be connected via the RS-485 interface, also mixed or 1 IK2 operating unit of any type or 1 IK2 block lock RS-485 interface having a range of up to 1,200 m The locking elements used can be locking element 1, locking element 3 and/or SLIM-LOCK. Up to 16 control functions can be defined Bank personal protection system possible via programming of the door controller (2-door control with common database) Firmware update via flash memory up to 512 users with PIN each The programming of the application-specific data (e.g. key numbers, time-dependent entitlements, etc.) can be done directly at the evaluating unit via WINFEM Advanced). Both arming and access control functions can be carried out by pin, card or the pin/card combination. With the IK3 door controller and the according readers w. keypads a VdS approved stand-alone code input device can be realized IDENT-KEY IK2 12 IDT classes A - B - C / AC class A 13 IDENT-KEY combines mechanical / electromechanic locking technology with electronic data and information transmission. The IDENT-KEY system is based on a wireless and wear-free data carrier that transmits data, information and energy via the air. It is specifically configured to arm and disarm alarm systems if an additional identification via logging systems is required. One of the foremost advantages is the high tamper security, which is achieved by leaving the decision-making process for arming and disarming to the evaluation unit. Since the evaluation unit is located within the secured area, mechanical as well as electrical tamper attacks directed at block locks, operating units or readers do not have any effect on the arming / disarming mechanism. In addition, an access control system for one door can be set up when using the IDENT-KEY evaluation unit for BUS-2 ( ) in combination with an intrusion detection system. The programming type for customer related data depends on the door controller used conventional wiring max. 8 users (operating units + block locks) 19 Intruder alarm control panel IK evaluation unit Art.-Nr x ı IK2 operating unit or 1 x ı IK2 block lock 20 BUS-2 wiring max. 1 user 21 Design example

116 Switching devices IDENT-KEY controllers #6] /31} IK2 door controller for BUS-2 286,50 G (IDT), class C, Z (AC), class A This door controller is designed for the connection to MB panels via the BUS-2 system. It is suitable for arming / disarming and / or door lock release functions. One IDENT-KEY block lock or one IDENT-KEY reader (operating unit) can be connected to each door controller. There are also two relay outputs on the door controller for actuating, for instance, a blokking element. When blocking element type 1 is used, the position of the end of the bolt can also be monitored. User-related data is directly programmed via the keypad of the intrusion panel. Rated operating voltage 12V DC Operating voltage range 10V to 15V DC Quiescent current 75mA without ext. UB; 0.5mA with ext. UB (BUS2) Additional current consumption 17mA, relay pulled up Operating temperature range -5 C to +45 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Environmental class as per VdS II Class of protection DIN IP 30 Housing plastic Dimensions (W x H x D) 118x118x31mm Colour grey-white, similar to RAL 9002 Design example 116

117 Switching devices Electro-mechanical locking element "{G /21W Electro-mechanical locking element SLIM-LOCK 137,00 1 Features The smallest and most powerful product on the market. Time-saving and simple installation (standard wood drill) Fits almost all doors, windows and cabinets. There are no country-dependent restrictions because of different door sizes Extremely high mechanical stability through metal housing 2-wire connection Activation via a microprocessor-controlled control unit with monitoring of the bolt position Automatic correction when bolt is mechanically obstructed during unbolting or bolting of the lock. No quiescent current G (IDT), class C SLIM-LOCK prevents access to an armed zone of an intrusion detection system, thus preventing false alarms. Operating voltage range 4 V to 6 V DC (provided by the control unit) Operating voltage max. 9 V DC (for test purposes only) Activation time max. 2 sec. Closed-circuit current 0 ma Current consumption when activated <200 ma (average for about 0.5 sec) Bolt locking time 250 ms Bolt path >12 mm Bolt shearing force 1 kn lateral (with door gap of max. 4 mm) Installation position any Cable connection Length 6 m, Ø 2.5 mm Type of protection DIN IP 65 in the built-in state Environmental class according to VdS III Operating temperature range -25 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Dimensions (Ø x L) Housing: 14 x 50.2 mm Dimensions (W x H) Flange: 16 x 41 mm The IK3 door controller , conventional IK3 evaluating unit and the conventional control unit can be used as control unit. 1 SLIM-LOCK can be connected per control unit Conventional control unit SLIM-LOCK, surface-mounted 129,00 "{H G (EMT), Class C This control unit makes it possible to use a SLIM-LOCK locking element in conventional connection technology. The control unit is activated from an intrusion detection central unit in the same way as the locking elements 1 or 2 are used

118 Switching devices Electro-mechanical locking element "{? /31E Electro-mechanical blocking element 1 plus 137,00 G (IDT), class C The electro-mechanical blocking element prevents access to the armed zone of an intrusion detection system. By using a blocking element, the intrusion detection system can be armed anywhere by means of different arming elements. Access to the secured area can be prevented or allowed at one or more places. Features Simple installation in the door frame with counter unit in the door leaf Actuation can be dynamic or static Both electric and mechanical emergency unlocking is possible Semi-conductor outputs are available for boltend positions Rated operating voltage Operating voltage range Current consumption in no-load operation Mean current consumption Output current Installation position Cable length Environmental class as per VdS Operating temperature range Storage temperature range Dimensions (W x H x D) Fastener bolt Paddle distance Face plate 12V DC 9V to 15V DC 4mA ca. 130mA, max. 0.6sec. carrying capacity (high active): max. 20mA any 4m III -25 C to +55 C -25 C to +70 C 18x140x32mm ø 8.0mm max. 10mm (replaceable) Standard dimension 20x2x188mm Counter unit with flange, threaded sleeve "{Bm Electro-mechanical blocking element SE 1 plus / MC 152,00 VdS (IDT), class C, VdS for MC, class B As part no but with integrated magnetic contact for door opening monitoring without additional contact. Dimension drawing Dimensions given in mm

119 Switching devices Electro-mechanical locking element "{Aj Electromechanical blocking element 284,00 1 G (IDT), class C, G (MC), class B, Z (AC), class C 2 The basic functions of the motor-operated blocking element 3 are similar to the ones for blocking element 1 plus with magnetic contact (019033). On account of its special mechanical construction, it can also be used as a locking element. 3 Features Monitoring of opening without additional magnetic contact Monitoring function to guarantee that the bolt only extends when the door is closed correctly Automatic correction in case of mechanical obstruction Dynamic or static activation Electrical and / or mechanical emergency unlocking Operating voltage Operating voltage range Current consumption at U_b=12 V DC Mean current consumption Output current Operating temperature range Storage temperature range Installation position Cable length Environmental class as per VdS Fastener bolt Fastener bolt Paddle distance Face plate Dimensions (W x H x D) 12 V DC 9 V to 15 V DC typ 6,0 ma typ 0.2 (ca. 1 Sec) carrying capacity (high active): max 50 ma -25 C to +55 C -40 C to +85 C any 4 m III ø 8,0 mm 3 kn 20 mm Standard dimension 20x2x190 mm 18x140x32 mm Dimensions (mm)

120 Switching devices Electro-mechanical locking element Accessories and spare parts "{? /21? Replacement locking bolt 6,15 2 pieces "{5F Threaded sleeve 23,30 Inner diameter 12mm 5 pieces "{7L Counter unit with flange 7,10 Inner diameter 12mm 5 pieces "{8O Counter unit with flange 7,85 Inner diameter 15mm 5 pieces "{9R Mounting and assembly kit 137,00 As but for raised door leaf (10 mm). Applicable RTV silicone adhesive 4 spacer plates, 1 mm thick, 2 filler plates (when mounted on glass) 120

121 Switching devices Electro-mechanical locking element "{:U Mounting and assembly kit 128,50 1 Door leaf and frame plan. Applicable RTV silicone adhesive 4 spacer plates, 1 mm thick, 2 filler plates (when mounted on glass) "{;X Angled face plate 40,20 6 Not suitable for blocking elements with magnetic contact. 2 pieces "{Ds Special face plate 11, Width 18mm 12 Not suitable for blocking elements with magnetic contact. 2 pieces "{Ev Special face plate 12,30 15 Width 24mm 16 Not suitable for blocking elements with magnetic contact. 2 pieces "{=^ Installation support tool 35,80 For performance check during installation; support tool for the exact positioning of the bolt counter unit

122 Switching devices Range of locks Overview block lock technique 122

123 Switching devices Range of locks Dead bolt locks with monitoring function #,Sj Dead bolt lock for profiled semi-cylinders 94,90 The dead bolt lock consists of a metal-encapsulated case with a face plate and connecting cable. It includes all mechanical and electronic operating modules. The lock has mechanical drilling protection monitoring that can be looped into a sabotage detector zone. Slot for DIN profiled semi-cylinders in compliance with DIN standard / in compliance with guideline form 2183 for VdS systems. Screw holes in the housing allow the use of security escutcheons. Standard 20 mm face plate can be replaced by special face plate sizes of 16 and 25 mm. Variable bolt length by use of bolt length extensions. Bolt length Switching current (R-load) Electric life span Operating temperature range Storage temperature range Installation position Environmental class as per VdS Type of protection DIN Weight G (IDT), class A 25mm min. 10mA, max. 100mA at 1mA / 1.5V DC : min. 1Mio. switching cycles -25 C to +60 C -25 C to +70 C any III IP30 -lock, locking cylinder -correctly mounted ca. 700g, without cylinder Accessories Sm standard distribution box, white Door module 1 for conventional block lock Chrome-coloured security escutcheon for standard profiled semi-cylinder Chrome-coloured spacer plate for Gold-coloured security escutcheon for standard profiled semi-cylinder Chrome-coloured security 11 mm door plate Chrome-coloured escutcheon for profiled cylinder Bolt extension from 25 to 50 mm Bolt extension from 25 to 65 mm Set for special space plate sizes 16 and 25 mm VdS profiled semi-cylinder IKON

124 Switching devices Range of locks IK2 block lock #75& IDENT KEY block lock 261,00 G (IDT), class C The IDENT KEY block lock receives the code of the key used via the rosette. The internal sensors continuously monitor the position of the keybit / the block lock bolt. The information collected is converted into serial data in the integrated electronics module and is then forwarded to the evaluation unit. Locking is possible only if there is a release signal in the block lock. Rated operating voltage 12V DC Operating voltage range 10V to 15V DC Current consumption 6mA, for rated voltage Additional current consumption 120mA Operating temperature range -25 C to +60 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Installation position any Environmental class as per VdS III Class of protection DIN IP 30 Weight approx. 700g, block lock without cylinder but with 5m connection cable Material 16x210x40mm Dimensions housing (W x H x D) Zn-die-casting Face plate 20x257x3mm Bolt 11x40mm Dead bolt throw 15mm Locking plate 130x25x3mm Setting of locking 90 right or 90 left Design example Accessories Bolt extension from 25 to 50 mm Bolt extension from 25 to 65 mm Special bolt extension from 25 to 35 mm Special bolt extension from 25 to 55 mm Special bolt extension from 25 to 80mm Special bolt extension from 25 to 100 mm Set for special face plate dimensions, face plate 16 mm and 25 mm 124

125 Switching devices Range of locks #6dJ IDENT KEY escutcheon 57,50 1 The rosette contains a combined transmission and reception antenna. A shield plate on the back of the rosette reduces interference effects from the base. There is a flat cable with a plug for connecting the rosette to the block lock. Colour black, similar to RAL #6fP IDENT KEY escutcheon 57,50 6 The rosette contains a combined transmission and reception antenna. A shield plate on the back of the rosette reduces interference effects from the base. There is a flat cable with a plug for connecting the rosette to the block lock. Colour grey-white, similar to RAL #6qq Spacer for IK escutcheon 3,50 11 Thickness 2.5mm Colour black, similar to RAL Multiple spacers can be used. 5 pieces #6sw Spacer for IK escutcheon 3,50 16 Thickness 2.5mm Colour grey-white, similar to RAL 9002 Multiple spacers can be used pieces

126 Switching devices Range of locks Standard block locks In conventional block lock systems, the block lock and the distributor box form a functional unit. Using conventional wiring, the evaluation module in the block lock is connected to the distributor box, from where it is connected to the central control unit. Rated operating voltage Operating voltage range Current consumption at rated voltage Additional current carrying of the block coil Resistor Operation mode Operating temperature range Storage temperature range Installation position Environmental class as per VdS Type of protection DIN Dimensions housing (W x H x D) Dimensions (W x H x D) Face plate (WxHxD) Bolt Locking plate Setting of locking Connecting cable Bolt length 12V DC 10V to 15V DC 6mA 120mA 100 Ohm (block coil) 100% ED (configured) -25 C to +60 C -25 C to +70 C any III IP 30 (locking cylinder correctly mounted) die cast Zn, 16x210x40mm (standard block lock) die cast Zn, 16x210x48mm (dual-bit block lock) 20x257x3mm, steel, galvanised steel, galvanised, 11x40mm dead bolt throw 15mm steel, galvanised, 130x25x3mm 90 right or 90 left 5m long, ø 5.5mm, highly flexible 12-wire shielded cable 25mm Accessories Chrome coloured security escutcheon for standard profiled semicylinder Chrome-coloured spacer plate for Gold-coloured security escutcheon for standard profiled semicylinder Chrome-coloured cylinder protection escutcheon 12 mm Chrome-coloured cylinder protection escutcheon 15 mm Gold-coloured cylinder protection escutcheon 12 mm Gold-coloured cylinder protection escutcheon 15 mm Chrome-coloured security 11 mm door plate Chrome-coloured security 14 mm door plate Chrome-coloured escutcheon for profiled cylinder Bolt extension from 25 to 50 mm Bolt extension from 25 to 65 mm Special bolt extension from 25 to 35 mm Special bolt extension from 25 to 55 mm Special bolt extension from 25 to 80 mm Special bolt extension from 25 to 100 mm Set for special space plate sizes SM standard block lock distributor box / white BUS-1 door module 1 for standard block lock / white, sm version Mounting aid for block lock installation Empy block lock housing, 25 mm bolt length #5 A Standard block lock 290,00 G (IDT), class A Block lock without mechanical surface drilling protection, consisting of a metal-encapsulated case with a face plate and connecting cable. It includes all mechanical and electronic operating modules. The integrated evaluation module is a sealed electronic unit with power-saving SMD technology microelectronics and customer specific IC. It centrally manages all control functions. With individual programming of the monitoring criteria and operating modes, e.g. as a main block lock or stop lock. Slot of DIN profiled semi-cylinders in compliance with DIN standard / in compliance with guideline form 2183 for VdS systems

127 Switching devices Range of locks #6!O Standard block lock with mechanical drilling protection 325,50 G (IDT), class B Description and technical data are the same as for part no but with tamper monitoring by means of all-round mechanical drilling protection #6#U Standard block lock with electronic drilling protection 349,50 G (IDT), class C Description and technical data are the same as for part no with additional electronic drilling protection #6T Standard dual bit block lock with drilling protection 300,50 9 G (IDT), class C Fully electronic block lock with tamper monitoring by means of all-round mechanical drilling protection. It consists of a metal-encapsulated case with face plate and connecting cable. It includes all mechanical and electronic operating modules. The integrated evaluation module is a sealed electronic unit with power-saving SMD technology microelectronics and customer specific IC. It centrally manages all control functions. With individual programming of the monitoring criteria and operating modes, e.g. as a main block lock or stop lock. Use of contactless inductive proximity switches to sense each mechanical process during locking, and to monitor the housing cover. Variable bolt length by use of bolt extensions. Rated operating voltage U_b 12 V DC Operating voltage range #4 10 V to 15 V DC Current consumption at rated voltage <6 ma Current consumption of solenoid (additional) 120 ma Solenoid resistance 100 Ohm Solenoid duty cycle 100% ED Drilling protection mechanical Contact load max. 5 ma / 15 V DC Operating temperature range #2-25 C to +60 C Storage temperature range -30 C to +60 C Installation position arbitrary Environmental class as per VdS #4 III Class of protection DIN #4 IP 20 Weight approximately 950 g 3 keys #6V Standard dual bit block lock with drilling protection 364,00 G (IDT), class C Description and technical data are the same as for part no but with 6 keys. 6 keys

128 Switching devices Range of locks Block lock distribution box &!g, Standard block lock distribution box 49,90 G (IDT), class C Sm version, compact block lock distributor including 6 mm cable link, integrated PCB with 18-pin connection and integrated buzzer with increased volume level, for acoustic arming acknowledgement. Built-in cover contact. Rated operating voltage 12V DC Operating voltage range 10V to 15 V DC Current consumption buzzer 20mA Type of wiring block lock to junction box / junction box to central: conventional Class of protection DIN IP 40 Environmental class as per VdS II Operating temperature range -5 C to +45 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Housing (W x H x D) 118x118x30mm (plastic) Colour grey-white, similar to RAL #8+ /21L BUS-1 door module 1 for conventional block lock connection 244,00 G (IDT), class C All door monitoring or door release functions can be performed with this module. To be connected to all MB panels with BUS-1. Block locks (conventional connection), security operating panels or door code devices / operating units with similar functions can be connected for door release. At the same time, there is an integrated connection / actuation for no-load, load and impulse door releases. Inputs for lock release, bolt switching contact and opening contact as well as an additional tamper input are also integrated into the overall concept. Each connection facility operates autonomously. Quiescent current Magnet activated 7mA 150mA 128

129 Switching devices Range of locks Block lock accessories #5]3 Block lock mounting and assembly kit 435,00 2 It consists of a block lock and face plate receptacle with 40 mm thick solid iron for surface mount installation for welding to strongroom and metal doors. Suitable for block locks with profiled semi-cylinders including special face plate. Block lock connector Dimensions (W x H x D) 25mm 260x60x40mm (part size) #66' Set for special face plate dimensions 9,80 16 mm: Insert, e.g. behind the door leaf locking bars. 25 mm: Insert, e.g. if a former generation block lock type is to be replaced with a new block lock

130 Switching devices Range of locks Bolt length extensions Mounting set for extending the block lock bolt length. The set includes bolt extensions, 2 microencapsulated one way screws, 3 distance pieces for faceplates with corresponding one way screws. Suitable for all block lock types and VdS bolt locks #6-s Bolt extension from 25 to 50 mm 20, #6.v Bolt extension from 25 to 65 mm 23, #6/ /12U Special bolt extension from 25 to 35 mm 24, #6/ /13\ Special bolt extension from 25 to 55 mm 27, #6/ /14c Special bolt extension from 25 to 80 mm 31, #6/ /15j Special bolt extension from 25 to 100 mm 35,

131 Switching devices Range of locks Core drawback protection rosettes #60 Security escutcheon for profiled semi-cylinder 58,80 2 Chrome-coloured with M5 threaded rods #62 Spacer plate 24,60 6 Chrome-coloured for , 1.5 mm thick. 7 3 pieces #6GZ Inner rosette with profiled cylinder perforation 19,50 Chrome-coloured with M5 threaded rods #65$ Cylinder protection rosette, chrome-coloured 101,50 18 With 12 mm thick fascia for 9-14 mm cylinder projection. Dimensions (W x D x H) outer label : 44 x 70 x 12/15mm Dimensions (WxHxD) inner label : 44 x 70 x 5mm Features in compliance with VdS class A

132 Switching devices Range of locks Security door plate Features in compliance with VdS classes A-B-C The security door plate with steel protective coating and cylinder protection (turntable) offers optimum security for the profiled semi-cylinder inserted into the block lock. The rosette attachment with interior cylinder protection is attached to the projecting cylinder part and fastened by two setscrews and two roll pins. The rosette attachment with cylinder protection is secured by the polished and case-hardened external fascia in conjunction with the internal escutcheon by two M8 special screws. These must be screwed from the inside, which considerably optimises the security level. Dimensions outer label (W x H x D) Dimensions inner label (W x H x D) 44 x 260 x 11/14mm 36 x 260 x 6mm All parts are made of corrosion protected stainless steel. External fascia and internal escutcheon cylinder protection insert (turntable), 2 x M8 x 50 special screws #67* Chrome-coloured security door plate 184,50 With 11 mm thick external fascia for 9-14 mm cylinder projection #68- Chrome-coloured security door plate 189,50 With 14 mm thiick external fascia for mm cylinder projection #6ET Chrome-coloured internal escutcheon with profiled cylinder perforation 55,80 For retrofitting the security door plate. This allows profiled cylinders (complete cylinders) to be mounted. Not in compliance with VdS guidelines

133 Switching devices Cylinder range VdS 1 To select the proper lock-cylinder combination please take into account the local and legal regulations #q=k VdS profiled semi-cylinder, Ikon ,60 M Key Bit position: in 45 grid turnable by 360 Length A 35.5mm In combination with the security door signs all VdS classes are covered. Can be used for block locks, e.g ; keys with key registration form. #q>n VdS profiled semi-cylinder, IKON 5532 with cylinder protection 64,70 M Key Bit position: in 45 grid turnable by 360 Length A 35.5mm In combination with the safety rosettes ; all VdS classes are covered. Can be used for block locks, e. g ; keys with key registration form #qc] VdS profiled semi-cylinder 56,70 M Same as Part no but with longer cylinder. Key Bit position: in 45 grid turnable by 360 Length A 40.5mm Can be used for security operating units/ident KEY operating units, e. g ; keys with key registration form

134 Switching devices Cylinder range Standard Profiled semi-cylinder 11,10 Single Profiled semi-cylinder, without VdS certification. Key Bit position: in 45 grid turnable by 360 Length A 40.5mm Can be used for lockable key pad units, e. g ; keys with key registration form #qaw Profiled semi-cylinder 11,10 Single Profiled semi-cylinder, without VdS certification. Key Bit position: in 45 grid turnable by 360 Length A 30.5mm Can be used for contact locks modular operating unit range, e. g ; block locks, e. g ; ; control units 50-M5; 100-A5; 100-A8; 561-H8 and emergency key box, e. g keys #qaw Profiled semi-cylinder, type TI 602 VdS, Winkhaus 11,10 M Key Bit position: in 45 grid turnable by 360 Length A 32.5mm In combination with the security door signs ; ; ; all VdS classes are covered. Can be used for security operating units, e. g ; ; keys with key registration torm xr= Profiled semi-cylinder BKS 3101 B 47,80 Single Profiled semi-cylinder, without VdS certification. Key Bit position: in 45 grid turnable by 360 Length A 30mm Can be used for key-operated switches SS 90, e.g ; keys 134

135 Switching devices Key-operated switch Lock inserts #qs& VdS lock insert 26,60 According to VdS for commercial use, e.g. for retrofitting housings. 2 3 The VdS lock insert is delivered with Schulte 1k101 locking mechanism. For alarm panels no simultaneous locking mechanism may be used. 4 2 keys 5 6 Block switches #,?. Sm block switch with mechanical lock disabling. 374,00 8 The block switch can be used for the standard as well as for the VdS central control unit range. Monitoring resistors can be integrated. It is equipped with sabotage contacts and five-sided comprehensive drilling protection, LED indicators for armed/disarmed state and alarm fault. Changeover/sustained contact for applicable 90 right-hand profiled semi-cylinder Dimensions (W x H x D) 77x122x55mm 11 If other locking cylinders are used, length A should be 30 mm (see outline). Profiled semi-cylinder not included Accessories Profiled semi-cylinder #,@1 Fm block switch with mechanical lock disabling. 374,00 The block switch can be used for the standard as well as for the VdS central control unit range. Monitoring resistors can be integrated. It is equipped with sabotage contacts and five-sided comprehensive drilling protection, LED indicators for armed / disarmed state and alarm fault. Changeover / sustained contact for applicable 90 right-hand profiled semi-cylinder Dimensions (W x H x D) 77x122x55mm 19 If other locking cylinders are used, length A should be 30 mm (see outline). Profiled semi-cylinder is not included. Accessories Profiled semi-cylinder

136 Switching devices Security operating units Security operating units "::: Sm external security operating unit with logic-circuit 214,00 G (IDT), class A The external security operating unit consists of a solid die cast housing. The top part of the housing has an electro-mechanical unit for monitoring against drilling. This prevents all forms of unauthorised access to the electronics built into the device. In addition, mechanical tear-off protection and cover monitoring are provided. The ON / OFF positions of the key are detected by micro switches. The switching contacts are electrically isolated from the wires to the central control unit by optical relays. The integrated buzzer and two-colour LED (red / green) are actuated by acknowledgement signals sent by the connected intrusion detection control unit (logic-circuit). Rated operating voltage 12V DC Operating voltage range 10V to 15V DC Quiescent current 2.5mA Current consumption at rated voltage 22mA (max. current when arming/ disarming) Environmental class as per VdS III Type of protection DIN IP 44 Operating temperature range -25 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -40 C to +80 C Dimensions (W x H x D) 85x123x56mm Colour grey-white, similar to RAL 9002 The operating unit is designed for profiled semi-cylinders with keybit positions of 90 to the right. Length A should be between 31 mm and 32.5 mm ":;= Sm external security operating unit without logic-circuit 202,00 G (IDT), class A The external security operating unit consists of a solid die cast housing. The top part of the housing has an electro-mechanical unit for monitoring against drilling. This prevents all forms of unauthorised access to the electronics built into the device. In addition, mechanical tear-off protection and cover monitoring are provided. The operating unit does not require a separate operating voltage. It is therefore specially suited for applications in which no continuous operating voltage is available, and for battery-operated devices that must not be subject to a constant current load (e.g. wireless door module). The ON / OFF positions of the key are detected by micro switches. The integrated buzzer and two-colour LED are actuated by the connected intrusion detection central unit. Rated operating voltage 12V DC Operating voltage range 10V to 15V DC Current consumption 22mA, when arming/ disarming Environmental class as per VdS III Type of protection DIN IP 44 Operating temperature range -25 C to +55 C Storage temperature range -40 C to +80 C Dimensions (W x H x D) 85x123x56mm Colour grey-white, similar to RAL 9002 The operating unit si designed for profiled semi-cylinders with keybit positions of 90 to the right. Length A should be between 31 mm and 32.5 mm

137 Switching devices Security operating units ":5+ Fm external security operating unit without logic-circuit 235,50 G (IDT), class A The external security operating unit consists of a solid die cast housing and a front panel with electro-mechanical unit for monitoring against drilling. This prevents all forms of unauthorised access to the electronics built into the device. In addition, mechanical tear-off protection and cover monitoring are provided. The special construction (a special fm installation socket and fm housing) of the external operating unit allows flush mounting installation in solid as well as in cavity walls. The ON / OFF positions of the key are detected by micro switches. The switching contacts are electrically isolated from the wires to the central control unit by optical relays. The integrated buzzer and two-colour LED (red / green) are actuated by acknowledgement signals sent by the connected intrusion detection central unit Rated operating voltage Operating voltage range Quiescent current Current consumption Environmental class as per VdS Class of protection DIN Operating temperature range Storage temperature range Dimensions (W x H x D) Dimensions (ØxD) Dimensions Connecting cable length 12V DC 10V to 15V DC 17mA 40mA (max. current, switching mode) III IP44-25 C to +60 C -40 C to +80 C front: 86x107x27mm housing: 70x70mm installation depth: 70mm 6m Differences in the construction of locking cylinders supplied by different manufacturers require special locking cylinder selection. Length A should be 40.5 mm. "":q BUS-1 key-operated switch operating unit 240,00 G (IDT), class C The BUS-1 security operating unit is fitted in a solid die cast housing. It is suitable for indoor operation and specifically designed for internal arming / disarming of intrusion detection systems in BUS-1 technology. The ON / OFF positions of the key are detected by micro switches. The integrated buzzer and the LED (red) are actuated by acknowledgement signals sent by the connected intrusion panel. Rated operating voltage 12V DC Operating voltage range 10V DC to 15V DC Quiescent current 2.8mA Current consumption at rated voltage 6mA (max. current when arming/ disarming) Environmental class as per VdS II Type of protection DIN IP 44 Operating temperature range -5 C to +45 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Dimensions (W x H x D) 85x123x56mm Colour grey-white, similar to RAL 9002 The operating unit is designed for profiled semi-cylinders with keybit positions of 90 to the right. Length A should be between 31 mm and 32.5 mm

138 Switching devices Security operating units Accessories ":6. Decorative foil for external operating unit 14,60 5 pieces ":>F 20,60 Decorative foil for external security operating units and pieces 138

139 Readers Data carriers Keypads Door code systems

140 Readers Readers overview Overview of Proximity Readers 140

141 Readers Accentic IK3 readers (control units) #B7B IK3-Reader, white aluminium 232,00 G (IDT), class C IK3-reader Accentic in ergonomic and stylish design 2 3 Features Replaceable housing front Time-limited illuminated background Soiling resistant Largely protected against vandalism Option for direct mounting on fm sockets RS-485 interface for operating units with a maximum range of 1200m Rated operating voltage 12V DC Operating voltage range 9V to 15V Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Environmental class as per VdS III Class of protection DIN IP 65 Housing plastic Dimensions (W x H x D) 75x144x32mm Colour silver (RAL xxxx) Accessories sight and weather protection mounting plate for IK3 operating unit #B5< IK3-Reader with numeric keypad, white aluminium 260,50 G (IDT), class C Features Replaceable housing front Ergonomic keypad design Labelling with symbols (neutral) Keypad with time-limited illuminated background Soiling resistant Largely protected against vandalism Direct mounting on standard fm sockets protection class IP65 according to DIN RS-485 interface for operating units with a maximum range of 1200 m IK3-reader Accentic in ergonomic and stylish design Rated operating voltage 12V DC Operating voltage range 9V to 15V DC Current consumption <11mA in stand-by, <50mA write/read process, <4mA background lighting Operating temperature range -5 C to +55 C Interface RS485 Class of protection DIN IP 65 Environmental class as per VdS III Reading distance max. 10cm Dimensions (W x H x D) 75 x 142 x 32mm Colour silver (RAL xxxx) Accessories sight and weather protection mounting plate for IK3 operating unit

142 Readers Accentic Proximity R/W reader #a5z Accentic prox2 reader without keypad 300,00 Clock/Data interface and RS 485 interface prox2 reader in elegant ergonomic housing design Reads prox1, IK2 and IK3 proximity cards (series number only). Features Reads prox1, IK2 and IK3 cards Range adjustment Replaceable housing front covers Insensitive to soiling Largely vandalism-proof Can be mounted directly on standard flush-mounted boxes Automatic addressing on RS 485 bus low current consumption Rated operating voltage 12V DC Rated operating voltage range 9V to 15V Current consumption <11 ma in stand-by <50 ma in write/read process Operating temperature range -25 C to +55 C Environmental class as per VdS III Type of protection DIN IP 65 Reading technology prox2 (read EM4102 and EM4150 transponder) Housing Plastic Dimensions (W x H x D) 75 x 142 x 32 mm Colour aluminium-white, similar to RAL 9006 Accessories Plastic shield (view/weather) Mounting plate, 3 per packing unit Front cover without keypad, pure white Front cover without keypad, anthracite #a6} Accentic prox2 reader with keypad 340,00 Clock/Data interface and RS 485 interface prox2 reader in elegant ergonomic housing design Reads prox1, IK2 and IK3 proximity cards (series number only). Features Reads prox1, IK2 and IK3 cards Range adjustment Replaceable housing front covers Ergonomic keypad design Labelling with symbols (language neutral) Time-limited background lighting of the keypad Insensitive to soiling Largely vandalism-proof Can be mounted directly on standard flushmounted boxes Automatic addressing on RS 485 bus low current consumption Rated operating voltage 12V DC Rated operating voltage range 9V to 15V Current consumption <11 ma in stand-by <50 ma in write/read process <4 ma background lighting Operating temperature range -25 C to +55 C Environmental class as per VdS III Type of protection DIN IP 65 Reading technology prox2 (read EM4102 and EM4150 transponder) Housing Plastic Dimensions (W x H x D) 75 x 142 x 32 mm Colour aluminium-white, similar to RAL 9006 Accessories Plastic shield (view/weather) Mounting plate, 3 per packing unit Front cover with keypad, pure white Front cover with keypad, anthracite 142

143 Readers Accentic mifare reader, Accentic design #a7 Accentic mifare reader without keypad 380,00 G RS 485 interface and Clock/Data interface 2 3 Features Replaceable housing face plates Insensitive to soiling Largely vandalism-proof Mounting directly on flush-mounted box, adapter plate available for different switch boxes Automatic addressing on RS 485 bus low current consumption Reads UID or first sector data Rated operating voltage 12V DC to 24V DC Rated operating voltage range 9V to 30V Current consumption <30 ma in stand-by <50 ma in write/read process Operating temperature range -25 C to +55 C Environmental class as per VdS III Type of protection DIN IP 65 Reading technology mifare according to ISO A Reading distance up to 8 cm; depending on transponder type and installation place Housing Plastic Dimensions (W x H x D) 75 x 142 x 32 mm Colour aluminium-white, similar to RAL 9006 Accessories Plastic shield (view/weather) Mounting plate, 3 per packing unit Front cover without keypad, pure white Front cover without keypad, anthracite #a8 mifare reader Accentic with keypad 420,00 G Features Replaceable housing face plates Insensitive to soiling Largely vandalism-proof Mounting directly on flush-mounted box, adapter plate available for different switch boxes Automatic addressing on RS 485 bus low current consumption Ergonomic keypad design Labelling with symbols (language neutral) Time-limited background lighting of the keypad Reads UID or first sector data RS 485 interface and Clock/Data interface Rated operating voltage 12V DC to 24V DC Rated operating voltage range 9V to 30V Current consumption <30 ma in stand-by <50 ma in write/read process <4 ma background lighting Operating temperature range -25 C to +55 C Environmental class as per VdS III Type of protection DIN IP 65 Reading technology mifare according to ISO A Reading distance up to 8 cm; depending on transponder type and installation place Housing Plastic Dimensions (W x H x D) 75 x 142 x 32 mm Colour aluminium-white, similar to RAL 9006 Accessories Plastic shield (view/weather) Mounting plate, 3 per packing unit Front cover with keypad, pure white Front cover with keypad, anthracite

144 Readers Accentic LEGIC reader #a9 LEGIC Advant reader Accentic without keypad 460,00 RS-485 and Clock/Data interface. Reads LEGIC prime and LEGIC advant transponders (UID). Features Multi industry standard compatible (13.56 MHz read / write) Simultaneous multi RF standard mode Advanced high security encryption, DES / 3DES Physical Master-Token System Control and Automatic KeyManagement Easy realisation of multi uses Compatible with ISOStandards and 14443A Comply to US government standards FIPS 201/PACS V2.2Transition State Specification Downwardcompatibly to LEGIC prime transponder A special evaluation process ensures extremely stable transmission. Straightforward, logical operating concept. Simple start-up Simple RS-485 address assignment, manual or automatic Indoor and outdoor use at temperatures from 25 C to +55 C. Simple installation with two or three screws in the wall The reader can also be mounted directly on commercial DIN flush mounted boxes Rated operating voltage 12V DC to 24V DC Rated operating voltage range 9V to 30V Current consumption <45 ma in stand-by <200 ma in write/read process Operating temperature range -25 C to +55 C Environmental class as per VdS III Type of protection DIN IP 65 Reading technology LEGIC Housing Plastic Dimensions (W x H x D) 75 x 142 x 32 mm Colour aluminium-white, similar to RAL 9006 Accessories Plastic shield (view/weather) Mounting plate, 3 per packing unit Front cover without keypad, pure white Front cover without keypad, anthracite #a:" Legic reader Accentic with keypad 500,00 RS-485 and Clock/Data interface. Reads LEGIC prime and LEGIC advant transponders (UID). Features Same features as , but with backlit keypad. Rated operating voltage 12V DC to 24V DC Rated operating voltage range 9V to 30V Current consumption <45 ma in stand-by <200 ma in write/read process <4 ma background lighting Operating temperature range -25 C to +55 C Environmental class as per VdS III Type of protection DIN IP 65 Reading technology LEGIC Housing Plastic Dimensions (W x H x D) 75 x 142 x 32 mm Colour aluminium-white, similar to RAL Accessories Plastic shield (view/weather) Mounting plate, 3 per packing unit Front cover with keypad, pure white Front cover with keypad, anthracite

145 Readers Accentic Accessories #B0- Cover for IK3-Reader with numeric keypad, pure white 24,00 2 Cover for IK3-Reader. 3 Colour pure white, similar to RAL pieces #B10 Cover for IK3-Reader with numeric keypad, anthracite 39, Interchangeable cover for IK3-Reader. Colour anthracite 8 3 pieces #B/* 39,00 Cover plate for IK3 and Accentic readers with keypad, aluminium-white 11 Replaceable cover face plate for IK3 or Accentic readers, white aluminium 3 units #B23 Cover for IK3 operating unit, pure white 24,00 15 Interchangeable cover for IK3-Reader. 16 Colour pure white,similar to RAL pieces #B36 Cover for IK3- and Accentic - Reader, anthracite 39,00 20 Interchangeable cover for IK3-Reader. 21 Colour 3 pieces anthracite

146 Readers Accentic #B49 Face plate for IK3 and Accentic readers, aluminium-white 39,00 Replaceable face plate for IK3 or Accentic readers. Colour aluminium-white, similar to RAL units #D"n Sight and weather protection 69,00 The housing follows the modern design line of the Accentic readers #B>W Mounting plate for Accentic reader 45,00 Install the mounting plate between wall and reader. Use the opening in mounting plate to install cable. Use one or more mounting plates to ensure proper and even assemby. 3 pcs #B9H IK3 housing base with tamper contact 39,00 Housing base for Accentic readers with integrated lid tamper switch

147 Readers Accentic Biometry #~I" IK3-Fingerkey-reader Accentic 1.150,00 2 Features Biometric reader with IK3-reader and keypad For arming/disarming and access control with finger only, data carrier only, PIN only or finger+pin or data carrier+pin IK3 code change technology, any IK2/proX or IK3/proX2 data carrier can be used Biometric identification of up to 99 users with 3 finger each Encrypted storage of templates Easy commissioning through learning mode on intruder panels (MB24/48/ with IK3) or by card set on AC systems Injured or unsuitable fingerprints can be replaced by data carriers at any time High security level when used for arming/disarming due to dynamic increase of security level against single access control Works with fold proven Biokey -Software Thermic stripe sensor, resistant against dirt, abrasive, moisture, ESD No latent finger prints through swiping technology Independant of environment light conditions IP54, -25 C +55 C, VdS-environmental class III, for protected outdoor use, optional visibility and weather protection housing case available Easy to exchange/install in existing systems through varoius interfaces Cover design basalt grey (similar to RAL 7012) applied The IK3-Fingerkey reader provides a biometric fingerprint stripe reader in combination with a IK3 reader and a keypad. It can be connected to the MB series of intruder panels (MB24/48/100.10) via IK3 or to access controls panels directly via RS-485 or Clock/Data interface. When commissioning up to 99 persons with 3 fingers each are stored in the encrypted memory in the reader together with a data carrier serial number (UID). The data carrier can be an exisiting one or any number stored in the panel with the approriate rights. When a finger is presented, the according UID is sent after successful identification. In case of injured fingers or unfeasible fingerprints a data carrier (card/fob) can be used at any time when stored together with the personal fingerprints while system setup through learning mode. Additionaly, the panel can request a PIN input depending on its operating mode. Commissioning is supported by learning card support in IK3 or with a user-defineable programming card set at system setup. Other IK3 functions like macro functions or hold-up PIN input are also supported. For highest acheivable security the fingerprint identification recognition level is dynamically increased for arming/disarming operation. Required software versions when connected to IK3 IK3 BUS-2door controller IK3 conv. door controller MB24/48/ Accessories Plastic shield (view/weather) V09.XX or later V05.XX or later V08.XX or later

148 Readers Accentic #~J% mifare Fingerkey reader Accentic with keypad 1.250,00 G108001, class C (IDCU), Z108001, class C (AC) RS-485 and Clock/Data interface. The mifare-fingerkey reader is a biometric system with which the personal fingerprint is used as an identifying characteristic in addition to the individual serial number of a data carrier. Features First VdS-approved biometric reader for arming/disarming and access control Verification against template-on-card, therefore fast response and high recognition security Biometric data stored on 4k-mifare card/fob, therefore: Data protection ensured, because of no central storage of data theoretically unlimited number of fingerprints possible (limited only by the maximum number of data carriers that the system can manage) up to 4 fingerprints (or 3 fingerprints + 1 PIN code) can be stored on a 4k mifare data carrier: The reader can be operated by another finger or the PIN code, if e.g. the main finger is injured Password protection of cards/fobs storing biometric data Works with fold proven Biokey -Software Thermic stripe sensor, resistant against dirt, abrasive, moisture, ESD No latent finger prints through swiping technology Independant of environment light conditions IP54, -25 C +55 C, VdS-environmental class III, for protected outdoor use Easy to exchange/install in existing systems through varoius interfaces Reader can be configured as enrolment device Through the verification method highest security level is acheived by authentication of the users. Any user must first present his data carrier (card or fob) and then the authentication is carried out through verification of the presented fingerprint against the stored fingerprints from the data carrier. Additionaly the keypad can be used depending on the requirements of the system. For commissioning the learning mode is provided, where the sensor scans the finger and saves the data for it on the personal data carrier (encrypted). A fingerprint cannot be reproduced from the data stored in the data carrier. All biometric data is always in the ownership of the user. No biometric data is stored in the reader. For operation the accessory data carriers are required. The reader provides a very high recognition ability leading to very low FAR and FRR rates. FAR = False Acceptance Rate FRR = False Rejection Rate A fingerprint cannot be reproduced from data stored on the cards/fobs. Accessories mifare-card 4k, pre-coded for mifare-fingerkey mifare ID-keyfob 4k, pre-coded for mifare-fingerkey Plastic shield (view/weather) 148

149 Readers Accentic Accessories #D#q Visibility and weather protection for Fingerkey reader 0, #`` /13u mifare-card 4k, pre-coded for mifare-fingerkey 9,90 7 Pre-coded, password-protected mifare card for storage of up to 4 fingerprint templates. Alternatively 3 templates and one spare code can be stored. Accessories Protective cover #`` /181 mifare ID-keyfob 4k, pre-coded for mifare-fingerkey 9,90 12 Pre-coded, password-protected mifare key fob for storage of up to 4 fingerprint templates. Alternatively 3 templates and one spare code can be stored. Please note that compared to ID cards, the reading distance for ID keyfobs may be less

150 Readers Classic design Operating units #6 4 Contactless IDENT-KEY reader (operating unit) 208,50 G (IDT), class C, Z (AC), class B The IDENT-KEY reader (operating unit) features contactless operation and has no additional mechanical switching element. It can read all IK2 system data carriers (key cap, key ring, ID card). The unit is fully encapsulated and has a protection class of IP 65 according to DIN It can be easily installed, even outdoors. Features Convenient arming / disarming High-level tamper protection LED indicators Integrated buzzer For surface mount in internal and external areas Three LEDs are provided as optical indicators; an integrated buzzer can also be actuated. The optical and acoustic indicators can be actuated either by an intrusion detection panel or by the IDENT-KEY evaluation unit. If an IDENT-KEY operating unit is used, a suitable mechanical blocking device actuated by the central control unit must be used (e.g. blocking element 1). Rated operating voltage range 12V DC Operating voltage range 10V to 15 V DC Current consumption 4mA Additional current consumption 40mA, during read process; 10mA LED, 10mA buzzer Operating temperature range -25 C to +60 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Class of protection DIN IP 65 Environmental class as per VdS III Reading distance max. 10cm Connecting cable length 6.0m Dimensions (W x H x D) 82x90x15mm Colour grey-white, similar to RAL 9002 If the installation foundation is unfavourable (metal), the range may decrease. Accessories Decorative foil for IK2 operating unit ( and ) #6 : Adapter base for IK operating unit 8,00 A cable can be fed horizontally or vertically #6~1 Decorative foil for and IK operating unit 19,00 Spare part 5 pieces 150

151 Readers Classic design #6 /21y IK2 reader (operating unit), contactless, with numeric keypad 260,50 1 Features Convenient arming / disarming with code input High-level tamper protection LED indicators Integrated buzzer For surface mounting in indoor and outdoor areas With numeric keypad for code input G (EMT), class C, Z (AC), class C IDENT-KEY operating unit with numeric keypad. The IDENT-KEY operating unit features contactless operation and has no additional mechanical switching element. It can read all IK2 system data carriers (key cap, key ring, ID card). The unit is fully encapsulated and has a protection class of IP 65 according to DIN It can be easily installed, even outdoors. Three LEDs are provided as optical indicators; an integrated buzzer can also be actuated. The optical and acoustic indicators are actuated by the panel through the IDENT-KEY door controller. If an IDENT-KEY operating unit is used, a suitable mechanical blocking device actuated by the central control unit must be used (e.g. blocking element 1). If the installation foundation is unfavourable (metal), the range may decrease. Accessories Decorative foil for IK2 operating unit ( and ) Adapter base for IK2 operating unit #6 = Adapter base Classic readers 10,00 For surface mounted wiring of contactless readers and for installing the reader on a metal surface. A cable can be fed horizontally or vertically. Suitable for the following products: Access control: / / / / / / / / / / / Intrusion: #D!k Concealing and weather protection for Classic readers 69,00 Dimensions (W x H x D) 89 x x 47 mm If an operating unit, which has already been installed, is to be retrofitted with concealing and weather protection, the operating unit must be unscrewed from the wall. In order to do this, the decorative foil must be removed and, after installation, replaced with a new one. The foil can be obtained as spare part

152 Readers Classic design Comfort-Key IK2 232,00 G (IDT), class C Features Convenient arming / disarming High-level tamper protection Contactless and therefore wearfree Ident data carrier as: ID card, ID key ring, ID key cover, ID watch Functional design, weatherproof Fast and easy mounting LED indicators for release, alarm, arming and disarming Integrated buzzer For surface mounting in internal and external areas When combined with IDENT-KEY door controllers and the corresponding code carriers, the IDENT-KEY operating unit works as a switching element for arming / disarming intrusion detection systems. The Comfort Key operating unit is operated without any contact and without a mechanical switching element. 2 Duo LEDs are provided as optical indicators (ready / alarm and armed / disarmed), which are externally actuated. The LEDs are only actuated when the door is released. The optical and acoustic indicators are actuated by a panel via an IDENT-KEY door controller. The reader is continously activated. Thus, operation is only enabled when an IDENT-KEY data carrier can be identified through reading. The data carrier is read when it is held within the reading-field. Rated operating voltage 12V DC, U_b Operating voltage range 10V to 15V DC Current consumption 25mA, U_b Additional current consumption 10mA. each LED; 10mA buzzer Operating temperature range -20 C to +50 C Storage temperature range -30 C to +60 C Class of protection DIN IP 65 Environmental class as per VdS III Reading distance to 7cm (key ring ) Dimensions (W x H x D) 87x110x28mm Colour grey-white, similar to RAL signal-grey, similar to RAL #6 C Spare cover for IK operating unit 14,

153 Readers Classic design #6tz IDENT-KEY external operating unit, fm version 261,00 G (IDT), class C, Z (AC) class B When combined with an IDENT-KEY door controller, the IDENT_KEY operating unit operates as a switching element for arming / disarming intrusion detection systems. This operating unit version combines contactless IDENT-KEY technology and mechanical switching. The intrusion detection s arm / disarm control is located in the door controller. Since the door controller is located within the secured area, neither mechanical nor electric tampering with the operating unit have any effect on arming / disarming Features Can be conveniently armed / disarmed High-level tamper protection Contactless and therefore wearfree Ident data carrier as: ID card, ID key ring, ID key cover LED indication Integrated buzzer For flush mounting mounting in internal and external areas All data carriers of the IK2 system (key cap, key ring, ID card) can be read with this operating unit. A dual LED as well as a buzzer are provided as indicators; the buzzer can be freely actuated. A suitable mechanical blocking device (e.g. blocking element 1) actuated by the central control unit must be used if the IDENT-KEY operating unit is used. Rated operating voltage 12V DC Operating voltage range 10V to 15V DC Current consumption 5mA Additional current consumption 20mA, during read process; 10mA LED, 10mA buzzer Operating temperature range -25 C to +60 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Class of protection DIN IP 44 (when mounted correctly) Environmental class as per VdS III Reading distance max. 6cm Dimensions (W x H x D) 86x107x27mm Colour grey-white, similar to RAL If the installation foundation is unfavourable (metal), the range may decrease. Accessories VdS profiled semi-cylinder Profiled semi-cylinder #6z% Decorative foil for IK operating unit 16,00 14 Spare part 15 5 pieces

154 Readers Classic design Proximity readers, Classic design #aq /21; Proximity reader Classic (small housing) 249,00 Clock/Data interface and RS-485 interface Reads prox1 and IK2 proximity ID cards. Rated operating voltage 12 V DC Operating voltage range 10 V DC bis 15 V DC Interface Clock/Data und RS-485 Current consumption 50 ma + 12 ma/led Type of protection IP 64 Transmit frequency 125 khz Operating temperature range -25 C to +60 C Environmental class as per VdS III Reading range ca. 12 cm Dimensions (W x H x D) 82 x 90 x 15 mm Colour of housing grey-white Colour foil light-grey Adapter base #arc Proximity reader Classic with keypad 310,00 Proximity reader with keypad for code entry. Clock/data and RS 485 interface Reads prox1 and IK2 proximity ID cards Adapter base Dimension drawing #`q /113 Proximity reader Classic with RS-232 interface 272,00 RS 232 interface Reads prox1 and IK2 proximity ID cards Adapter base Dimension drawing 154

155 Readers Classic design #`p /216 Foil for proximity readers 5, #`c /21v Proximity reader with extended range 370,00 6 RS 485 and Clock/Data interface, up to 25cm reading distance Not suitable for outdoor use. Reads prox1 and IK2 data carriers

156 Readers Insertic The Insertic readers are designed for mounting in standard flush mount boxes (Germany, Austria, Switzerland). Due to their slim design they poke out only 11 mm from the wall. With their harmonic coloring they fint into any industrial or residential environment. LEDs The three LEDs (green, yellow, red) are driven by the panel or the door controller, depending on the functionality and their settings. On the Clock/Data readers the yellow LED is fixed as in operation display. The clear symbols and the integrated buzzer give a clear feedback to the user. Features Reader technology prox1 (IK2), prox2 (IK3 without code change), mifare or LEGIC prox-reader switchable to Hitag 1 or 2 Low insert depth, fits in flush mount boxes with 60 mm screw distance (Germany, Austria, Switzerland) With and without keypad available For access control and arming/disarming Three LEDs Integrated buzzer RS-485 or Clock/Data versions available RS-485 with Modulbus-Protocol (ACS-8 or IK3 compatible) Easy mounting Wide supply voltage range 8V-30V DC For indoor and outdoor use Screw terminal connections Interfaces The Insertic-50 readers can be easily integrated in the Honeywell access control (ACS- Series) and in the intruder panels systems (IK3 door controllers). Rated operating voltage 12 V DC Rated operating voltage range 8-30 V DC Power consumption max. 2,5 W Storage temperature -30 C C Operating temperature -25 C C Type of protection IP54 Reading technology mifare Dimensions (W x H x D) 81x81x11 Interface RS-485 Colour grey white (similar to RAL 9002) Modular design prox1-, prox2 reader #mcn prox reader Insertic, without keyboard, Clock/Data interface 225, #mdq prox reader Insertic, with keyboard, Clock/Data interface 260, #met prox reader Insertic, without keyboard, RS485 interface 225, #mfw prox reader Insertic, with keyboard, RS485 interface 260,

157 Readers Insertic mifare reader #mgz mifare reader Insertic, without keyboard, Clock/Data interface 295, #mh] mifare reader Insertic, with keyboard, Clock/Data interface 330, #mi` mifare reader Insertic, without keyboard, RS485 interface 295, #mjc mifare reader Insertic, with keyboard, RS485 interface 330,00 7 LEGIC reader #mkf LEGIC reader Insertic, without keyboard, Clock/Data interface 365, #mli LEGIC reader Insertic, with keyboard, Clock/Data interface 405, #mml LEGIC reader Insertic, without keyboard, RS485 interface 365, #mno LEGIC reader Insertic, with keyboard, RS485 interface 405,

158 Readers Insertic 50 The Insertic-50 range to readers is suitable to fit into the most standard switch programs. The readers are available with different interfaces to answer various application needs. LEDs The three LEDs (green, yellow, red) are driven by the panel or the door controller, depending on the functionality and their settings. On the Clock/Data readers the yellow LED is fixed as in operation display. The clear symbols and the integrated buzzer give a clear feedback to the user. Features Reader technology prox1 (IK2), prox2 (IK3 without code change), mifare or LEGIC prox-reader switchable to Hitag 1 or 2 To be integrated in switch range with german, austrian or switzerland dimensions (50 mm x 50 mm) Low insert depth, fits in flush mount boxes with 60 mm screw distance Three LEDs Integrated buzzer RS-485 or Clock/Data versions available RS-485 with Modulbus-Protocol (ACS-8 or IK3 compatible) Easy mounting Wide supply voltage range 8V-30V DC Screw terminal connections Interfaces The Insertic-50 readers can be easily integrated in the Honeywell access control (ACS- Series) and in the intruder panels systems (IK3 door controllers). Rated operating voltage 12 V DC Rated operating voltage range 8-30 V DC Power consumption max. 2,5 W Storage temperature -30 C C Operating temperature -25 C C Type of protection Depending on the switches used in combination Reading technology prox1 / IK2 Dimensions (ØxD) 58x33 mm Dimensions (W x H) Back module 70x70 mm Dimensions (W x H x D) Front module 50x50x12 Interface Clock/Data Colour greyish white (similar to RAL 9002) A list of suitable switch programs is listed on out website. FEHLER - Wert für Caption [3] nicht vorhanden prox1-, prox2 reader #m]< prox reader Insertic-50, clock/data interface 225, #m^? prox reader Insertic-50, RS485 interface 225,

159 Readers Insertic 50 mifare reader #m_b mifare reader Insertic-50, Clock/Data interface 295, #m`e mifare reader Insertic-50, RS485 interface 295, LEGIC reader #mah LEGIC reader Insertic-50, Clock/Data interface 365, #mbk LEGIC reader Insertic-50, RS485 interface 365,

160 Readers Siedle Vario Proximity reader IK3 / prox2, white 368,00 #B?Z G RS-485 and Clock/Data interface Rated operating voltage 12 V / 24 V DC Rated operating voltage range 8 V to 30 V Current consumption in no-load operation <11 ma Current consumption max. <50 ma in time-limited read mode Operating temperature range -25 C to +55 C Environmental class according to VdS III Type of protection DIN IP 54 Reading distance approx. 80 mm with ID cards Proximity reader IK3 / prox2, titanium 368,00 #B@] G RS-485 and Clock/Data interface Proximity reader IK3 / prox2, silver 368,00 #BA` G RS-485 and Clock/Data interface Proximity reader IK3 / prox2, graphite brown 368,00 #BBc G RS-485 and Clock/Data interface Proximity reader with keypad IK3 / prox2, white 409,00 #BIx G RS-485 and Clock/Data interface Rated operating voltage 12 V / 24 V DC Rated operating voltage range 8 V to 30 V Current consumption in no-load operation <11 ma Current consumption max. <50 ma in time-limited read mode Operating temperature range -25 C to +55 C Environmental class according to VdS III Type of protection DIN IP 54 Reading distance approx. 80 mm with ID cards Proximity reader with keypad IK3 / prox2, titanium 409,00 #BJ{ G RS-485 and Clock/Data interface Proximity reader with keypad IK3 / prox2, silver 409,00 #BK~ G RS-485 and Clock/Data interface Proximity reader with keypad IK3 / prox2, graphite-brown 409,00 #BL G RS-485 and Clock/Data interface 160

161 ID Carriers Cards Keyfobs, key caps #@"f Key fob for IK-3 with key ring 25,60 2 IDENT-KEY key fob with key ring, for change code function on IK3 systems Proximity ID data carrier. Can be used with IK3, AC and TR. Thanks to the individual encoding of the chip, each key ring is unique. Manipulation is therefore not possible. Additionally on IK3 systems the secure change code operating mode can be used. With this ID key ring you can easily operate proximity operating systems such as IK3-switching device and readers for access control and time recording. You simply need to hold the key ring up to the contactless reader. Please note that compared to ID cards, the reading distance for ID keyfobs may be less. IK2/proX1 data carriers can be also used on IK3 systems, in this case code change is not supported #@!c IK2/proX1 keyfob with ring for proximity readers 25,60 Proximity ID data carrier. Can be used with IK2, AC and TR. Thanks to the individual encoding of the chip, each key fob is unique. With this ID key fob you can easily operate proximity reader such as IK2-switching device and readers for access control and time recording. You simply need to hold the key ring up to the contactless reader station. Please note that compared to ID cards, the reading distance for ID keyfobs may be less. IK2/proX1 data carriers can be also used on IK3 systems, in this case code change is not supported #6v IDENT-KEY key cap, encoded 30,50 Key cap for glueing on an appropriate key. Includes a proximity data carrier compatible to prox1/ik2. It is intended for use with the IDENT-KEY block lock or the IDENT-KEY switching device where it is glued on the key to provide a combined mechanical identification with an electronic identification. Also the key cap can be read by any proximity reader supporting the prox1/ik2 reader technology, e.g. Accentic, Classic or Insertic readers. The key cap is suited to round key heads of 22.5 to 25 mm and for square key heads. Operating temperature range -20 C to +50 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Class of protection DIN IP 67 Environmental class as per VdS II Dimensions (W x H x D) 35x39x8mm Colour black, similar to RAL 9005 Please note that compared to ID cards, the reading distance for ID key caps may be less #6iY Glueing set 11,00 Two-component adhesive for glueing key caps

162 ID Carriers Cards #6{( ID key fob for proximity readers 4,50 For proximity readers - single version only for access control readers. Without sticker for ID-code. Please note that compared to ID cards, the reading distance for ID keyfobs may be less. Proximity ID-cards #`ox ID card IK3/proX2 without imprint 11,00 ID card for contactless readers with change code function, printable With this ID key fob you can easily operate proximity readers such as IK2-switching device and readers for access control and time recording. You simply need to hold the key ring up to the contactless reader station. For IK3 alternating code system. Accessories Protective cover #`lo ID IK3/proX2, card with imprint 11,00 ID card for proximity readers with change code function, printable With Honeywell logo for IK3 change code system. Accessories Protective cover #`e /11v ID card for contactless readers, without logo, printable 6,90 With this ID key ring you can easily operate contactless operating systems such as IK2-switching device and readers for access control and time recording. You simply need to hold the key ring up to the contactless reader station. Operating temperature range -35 C to +50 C Dimensions (W x H x D) 85.60x53.98x0.76mm (as per DIN ISO) Bending and torsion property as per ISO FEHLER - Wert für Info text [5] nicht vorhanden Accessories Protective cover 162

163 ID Carriers Cards #`g /11 ID card for contactless readers, printed 6,90 With Honeywell logo. Proximity data carriers with magnetic stripe Operating temperature range -35 C to +50 C Dimensions (W x H x D) 85.60x53.98x0.76mm (as per DIN ISO) Bending and torsion property as per ISO Accessories Protective cover #`nu ID card for IK3/proX2, without imprint and with magnetic stripe 12,50 Printable, with magnetic stripe for IK3 alternating code system. Accessories Protective cover #`mr ID card IK3/proX2 with imprint and magnetic stripe 12,50 With Honeywell logo and magnetic stripe for IK3 alternating code system. Accessories Protective cover #`h /11 ID card for contactless readers, unencoded magnetic strip, printed 7,90 With Honeywell logo, with magnetic strip see encoding service. Operating temperature range -35 C to +50 C Dimensions (W x H x D) 85.60x53.98x0.76mm (as per DIN ISO) Bending and torsion property as per ISO Accessories Protective cover #`i /11 ID card for contactless readers, unencoded magnetic stripe, printable 7,90 20 Printable, with magnetic stripe see encoding service. Operating temperature range -35 C to +50 C Dimensions (W x H x D) 85.60x53.98x0.76mm (as per DIN ISO) Bending and torsion property as per ISO Accessories Protective cover

164 ID Carriers mifare #`a. ID card for mifare readers ( 10 cards and upwards) 7,90 Mifare ID card, blank white and high-gloss on both sides, non-programmed with removable Unique copy and part number label. Test it as you can!!! Accessories Protective cover #`a /12q ID card for mifare readers (10 cards and upwards) 8,90 Mifare ID card, with magnetic stripe HICO (not encoded), blank white and high-gloss on both sides, non-programmed with removable Unique copy and part number label. Accessories Protective cover #`a /13x ID card for mifare readers (10 cards and upwards) 8,90 Mifare ID card, blank white and high-gloss on both sides, programmed with Esser data management and removable Unique copy and part number label, consecutive ID numbering. Accessories Protective cover #`a /14 ID card for mifare readers (10 cards and upwards) 9,90 Mifare ID card, with magnetic stripe HICO (not encoded), blank white and high-gloss on both sides, programmed with Esser data management and removable Unique copy and part number label, consecutive numbering. Accessories Protective cover mifare key tag 8,90 #`a /16& Mifare key ring black/ / grey. Non-programmed with removable Unique copy and part number label. Please note that compared to ID cards, the reading distance for ID keyfobs may be less

165 ID Carriers LEGIC #`d7 ID card for LEGIC readers (10 cards and upwards) 8,90 1 LEGIC ID card, blank white high gloss on both sides, non-programmed, with removable Unique copy and part number label. Accessories Protective cover #`d /12z ID card for LEGIC readers (10 cards and upwards) 9,90 LEGIC ID card, with magnetic stripe HICO (not encoded) blank white high gloss on both sides, non-programmed, with removable Unique copy and part number label. Accessories Protective cover #`d /13 ID card for LEGIC readers (10 cards and upwards) 9,90 LEGIC ID card, blank white high gloss on both sides, programmed, with Esser data management and removable Unique copy and part number label, consecutive ID numbering. Accessories Protective cover #`d /14! ID card for LEGIC readers (10 cards and upwards) 10,90 LEGIC ID card, with magnetic stripe HICO (not encoded), blank white high gloss on both sides, programmed, with Esser data management and removable Unique copy and part number label, consecutive ID numbering. Accessories Protective cover LEGIC key fob 9,90 #`d /16/ LEGIC key ring, black / grey, non-programmed with removable Unique copy and part number label. Please note that compared to ID cards, the reading distance for ID keyfobs may be less

166 ID Carriers Service and ID card accessories Minimum quantity surcharge #]- /11/ Minimum quantity surcharge (less than 10 cards) 77,00 When ordering cards apart from magnetic cards. Codierung #`d /15( LEGIC card encoding 1,95 With customer-specific data, 10 cards and upwards

167 ID Carriers Service and ID card accessories Proximity desktop reader #B]M USB desktop reader prox2, IK3 350,00 2 Proximity reader for IQ MultiAccess, IQ SystemControl and WINFEM Advanced. Connection for data communication and power supply is done by a USB interface. Reads prox/ik2 und prox/ik3 data carriers. Data output is standard in IS-Format, but can changed into AC or IK2 format #a{~ Desktop reader for proximity prox1 ID cards / fobs 676,50 7 Proximity reader for MultiAccess for Windows, Multi Access Lite, IQ MultiAccess and Nova- TIime, The reader station is connected to the PC (e.g. COM 1) via the built-in R232 interface. Built-in power supply with 230V AC. Product to be discontinued by , replacement by Art #ayx Dektop reader for non-read-protected LEGIC cards / fobs 909,00 Dektop reader for MultiAccess for Windows, Multi Access Lite, IQ MultiAccess and Nova- Time, The reader station is connected to the PC (e.g. COM 1) via the built-in R232 interface. Built-in power supply with 230V AC #az{ Desktop reader for non-read-protected mifare cards / fobs 898,00 17 Desktop reader for MultiAccess for Windows, Multi Access Lite, IQ MultiAccess and Nova- TIime, The reader station is connected to the PC (e.g. COM 1) via the built-in R232 interface. Built-in power supply with 230V AC

168 Keypads Keypad units Surface mount plastic housing keypad 117,00 #]a( For two-wire technology with membrane keypad and three integrated LEDs, splashproof. Rated operating voltage 12V DC Operating voltage range 10V DC up to 15V DC Interface 2-wire Current consumption 20mA + 12mA/LED Operation temperature range -25 C to +60 C Protection category IP 65 enviromental class in acc. With VdS III Colour case grey-white (RAL 9002) Colour foil light-grey (RAL 7035) Adapterbase 168

169 Door code systems Code keypad units Code keypad units are used in access-code door control systems or in hazard detection systems with memory locking device. There are two different terminal card options. 1. Direct - 1:1 connection, with each key on the unit having its individual connector and an connector terminal for the shared reference potential. (12 keys = 13 connectors) 2. Matrix - 3/4 connection, with the keys being arranged as a matrix, meaning that not every key has its own connector. (12 keys = 7 connectors) Keypad units are not exchangeable Code keypad for indoor and outdoor use #T&3 Keypad unit, lockable (matrix) 195,50 G193010, class C Surface mount version with 3 LEDs and buzzer. Type of protection IP 32 Colour grey-white, similar to RAL 9002 Dimensions (W x H x D) 73 x 164 x 36mm

170 Notes 170

171 Motion Detectors Viewguard DUAL Viewguard PIR Passiv-Infrared-Detector SCM

172 Motion Detectors Viewguard DUAL Motion detector with combined passive infrared and microwave sensor Features Approvals / conformity Viewguard DUAL AM BUS-2/BUS-1 resp. FAI: VdS class C DIN CLC/TS grade 3 Viewguard DUAL BUS-2/BUS-1 resp. FAI: VdS class B DIN CLC/TS grade 2 Anti-Mask function (only AM detectors) Detects covering, spraying or taping of the foil. Microwave sensor Can be deactivated in the disarmed state. LED indication Clearly arranged indication of operating state via two LEDs. Walktest indication. FAI-logic (First alarm indication, types) The detector that is triggered first, can be identified with the aid of the LED indication. Walk test function Easy way to check function and detection area. Detector zone input (only BUS detectors) Integration of contacts/potential-free detectors in the BUS-2/BUS-1 system (zone not resetable). Detection range Range programmable in four stages. Detection sensitivity Sensitivity programmable in two stages. Save fault / do not save fault Save: Fault is saved until it is cleared. Do not save: Fault signal is reset automatically after eliminating the fault. Self-test (only AM detectors) Correct functioning of the detector is monitored in cycles. Monitoring of operating voltage Fault message if the operating voltage drops to low Temperature measurement (only BUS-2 with MB 24/48/ panels) Temperature alarm if ambient temperature is too high/too low. Programmable alarm thresholds. Tear-off protection/cover contact For installation as per EN Variety of mounting possibilities Vertical 0 (1) or at a 3 downward angle (2). Horizontal 0 or at a 45 angle to the left or right (3) Corner mounting (4). Mounting on adjustable joint (accessories). The Viewguard DUAL motion detectors comprise two sensor systems that operate independently: Passive infrared detector and microwave sensor. The functioning principle of the detector is based on an intelligent linking of the two sensor systems. This type of linking renders the detectors particularly insensitive to air and thermal turbulences. Their distinguishing features being optimum alarm detection and extremely high false alarm security. To ensure optimum detection, detectors are equipped with high-quality mirror optics (volumetric optics). The detectors are suitable for intrusion alarm panel with BUS-2- and/or BUS-1 or hardwired (conventional) connection technology and are available with or without Anti-Mask function (monitoring against covering). Rated operating voltage 12 V DC Operating voltage range 8 V bis 15 V DC Current consumption at 12 V DC Sensorik 6,6 ma BUS-2, 9,0 ma BUS-1, LED 4 ma Range programmierbar Volumetric optics 22 Zonen, bis 15 m, Öffnungswinkel 80 Installation position senkrecht, Optik unten Tilting range Melder mit Verstellgelenk: ±20 horizontal; +4 bis -8 vertikal Alarm display LED rot Fault display LED gelb Type of protection DIN IP 30 Environmental class as per VdS II Operating temperature range -10 C bis +55 C Storage temperature range -25 C bis +70 C Dimensions (W x H x D) 64 x 158 x 48 mm (ohne Verstellgelenk) Colour weiß, ähnlich RAL 9010 Accessories Wall mounting bracket for motion detectors, horizontal ±20, vertical +4 to -8 according to EN Grade Ball-and-socket joint for wall and corner mounting, horizontal ±45, vertical ±20 (not VdS- and EN compatible) Lock seals for motion detectors 20 pcs $CK /31b Viewguard DUAL AM BUS-2/BUS-1 with wide angle optics 199,00 G108039, class C CLC/TS (07/05), grade 3 environmental class II The devices may only be sold and operated in the following countries: Germany, Austria, Switzerland, Liechtenstein, Poland, Slovakia, Czech Republic, Luxembourg, Turkey, Greece, Lithuania, Hungary, Belgium and Netherlands

173 Motion Detectors Viewguard DUAL $CL /31e Viewguard DUAL BUS-2/BUS-1 with wide angle optics 120,00 1 G108512, class B CLC/TS (07/05), grade 2 environmental class II 2 The devices may only be sold and operated in the following countries: Germany, Austria, Switzerland, Liechtenstein, Poland, Slovakia, Czech Republic, Luxembourg, Turkey, Greece, Lithuania, Hungary, Belgium and Netherlands $CI{ Viewguard DUAL AM FAI with wide angle optics 172,00 VdS: G106078, class C CLC/TS (07/05), grade 3 environmental class II VSÖ: W080312/12E MABISZ: / INCERT: C REQ: 0088 The devices may only be sold and operated in the following countries: Germany, Austria, Switzerland, Liechtenstein, Poland, Slovakia, Czech Republic, Luxembourg, Turkey, Greece, Lithuania, Hungary, Belgium and Netherlands. $CJ~ Viewguard DUAL FAI with wide angle optics 117,00 VdS: G106518, class B CLC/TS (07/05), grade 2 environmental class II VSÖ: GS-N080312/22E MABISZ: / INCERT: C REQ: 0087 The devices may only be sold and operated in the following countries: Germany, Austria, Switzerland, Liechtenstein, Poland, Slovakia, Czech Republic, Luxembourg, Turkey, Greece, Lithuania, Hungary, Belgium and Netherlands $CS2 Viewguard DUAL AM FAI 189,00 15 CLC/TS (07/05), grade 3 environmental class II FNH: PIR/MW 004/08 F&P: NFa2P: A0/ The devices may only be sold and operated in the following countries: France, Spain, Italy, Portugal, United Kingdom, Denmark, Norway $CT5 Viewguard DUAL FAI 129,00 CLC/TS (07/05), grade 2 environmental class II FNH: PIR/MW 005/08 F&P: NFa2P: A0/ The devices may only be sold and operated in the following countries: France, Spain, Italy, Portugal, United Kingdom, Denmark, Norway

174 Motion Detectors Viewguard DUAL Viewguard DUAL mounting options and detection area 174

175 Motion Detectors Viewguard PIR Passive infrared motion detectors 1 Features Approvals / conformity Viewguard PIR AM BUS-2/BUS-1 resp. FAI: VdS class C DIN CLC/TS grade 3 Viewguard PIR BUS-2/BUS-1 resp. FAI: VdS class B DIN CLC/TS grade 2 Anti-Mask function (only AM detectors) Detects covering, spraying or taping of the foil. LED indication Clearly arranged indication of operating state via two LEDs. Walktest indication. FAI-logic (First alarm indication, types) The detector that is triggered first, can be identified with the aid of the LED indication. Walk test function Easy way to check function and detection area. Detector zone input (only BUS detectors) Integration of contacts/potential-free detectors in the BUS-2/BUS-1 system (zone not resetable). Detection range Range programmable in four stages. Detection sensitivity Sensitivity programmable in two stages. Save fault / do not save fault Save: Fault is saved until it is cleared. Do not save: Fault signal is reset automatically after eliminating the fault. Self-test (only AM detectors) Correct functioning of the detector is monitored in cycles. Monitoring of operating voltage Fault message if the operating voltage drops to low. Temperature measurement (only BUS-2 with MB 24/48/ panels) Temperature alarm if ambient temperature is too high/too low. Programmable alarm thresholds. Tear-off protection/cover contact For installation as per EN Variety of mounting possibilities Vertical 0 (1) or at a 3 downward angle (2). Horizontal 0 or at a 45 angle to the left or right (3). Corner mounting (4). Mounting on adjustable joint (accessories). The Viewguard PIR detector is a motion detector based on the passive infrared (PIR) principle. To ensure optimum detection, detectors are equipped with high-quality mirror optics. Standard equipment includes a mirror for wide angle optics. If required, the detectors can be retrofitted to long-range or curtain optics with accessories that are available separately. The detectors are suitable for intrusion alarm panels with BUS-2/BUS-2 or conventional technology and are available with or without Anti-Mask function (monitoring against covering). Accessories Viewguard PIR vertical curtain mirror set 3 pcs Viewguard PIR long range mirror set 3 pcs Wall mounting bracket for motion detectors Wall mounting bracket for motion detectors, horizontal ±20, vertical +4 to -8 according to EN Grade Ball-and-socket joint for wall and corner mounting, horizontal ±45, vertical ±20 (not VdS- and EN compatible) Lock seals for motion detectors 20 pcs $CA /31D Viewguard PIR AM BUS-2/BUS-1, wide angle motion detector 154,00 G108036, wide angle optics, class C G108037, vertical curtain optics, class C G108038, long range optics, class C CLC/TS (07/05), grade 3 environmental class II

176 Motion Detectors Viewguard PIR $BA /31B Viewguard PIR BUS-2/BUS-1, wide angle motion detector 109,00 G108509, wide angle optics, class B G108510, vertical curtain optics, class B G108511, long range optics, class B CLC/TS (07/05), grade 2 environmental class II $C?] Viewguard PIR AM FAI 79,00 VdS: G107087, wide angle optics, class C G107088, vertical curtain optics, class C G107091, long range optics, class C CLC/TS (07/05), grade 3 environmental class II FNH: PIR-012/08 F&P: MABISZ: / INCERT: C REQ: 0089 SBSC: , vertical curtain optics , long range optics , wide angle optics FI: RL LPCB: 877a NFa2P: A0/ , wide angle optics , long range optics , vertical curtain optics VSÖ: W080605/05E, long range optics W080605/07E, vertical curtain optics $B?[ Viewguard PIR FAI 54,00 VdS: G107509, wide angle optics, class B G107510, vertical curtain optics, class B G107513, long range optics, class B CLC/TS (07/05), grade 2 environmental class II FNH: PIR 013/08 F&P: MABISZ: / INCERT: C REQ: 0090 SBSC: , long range optics , wide angle optics , vertical curtain optics FI: RL LPCB: 877a NFa2P: A0/ , wide angle optics , long range optics , vertical curtain optics VSÖ: GS-N080605/11E, long range optics GS-N080605/12E, vertical curtain optics 176

177 Motion Detectors Viewguard PIR Detection range 1 Detection area

178 Motion Detectors Passive infrared detectors SCM SCM 2000 passive infrared detectors Features BUS-1 technology fits to all MB panels Attractive design Compact housing Low total current consumption Three different types of mirror optics for pinpoint building monitoring Excellent response sensitivity by means of balanced synthesis between optics and electronics Greatest possible interference radiation resistance through special layout system Range programmable on four levels Sensitivity programmable on two levels Digital fault evaluation Connection via screw terminals with lifting system Tamper monitoring in compliance with VdS Simple installation and commissioning; optional corner and wall installation Temperature compensation Walk test The SCM 2000 PIR system series conforms to VdS class B. It is designed with mirror optics. The SCM 2000 is designed for high tamper security and high detection sensitivity. The BUS-1 detector benefits from the three-wire data bus technology with all its advantages. Systems can be easily expanded and the installation is time-saving and cost-effective. Selective actuation and evaluation ensure ease of operation and a high level of security. The SCM 2000 is available in three different optical systems, allowing it to be matched to the dimensions of the room: - volumetric optics for monitoring rooms; - long range optics for monitoring corridors; - curtain optics for monitoring climbing through areas. The programmable detection range and sensitivity, three optical systems and a clearly thought-out installation system ensure optimal adaptation of the unit to the dimensions of the room at all times. Rated operating voltage 12V DC Operating voltage range 9V to 15V DC Current consumption at 12 V DC min. 3.5mA EMK, min. 2.5mA BUS-1 (armed) Current consumption at 12 V DC min. 6.5mA (walk test with LED) Range programmable in 4 levels Volumetric optics 22 areas, to 16m Long range optics 8 areas, to 50m Curtain optics (vertical) 11 areas, to 30m Contact rating relay 2 30V DC / 100mA Resistor 10 Ohm Operating temperature range -10 C to +50 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Class of protection DIN IP 30 Environmental class as per VdS II Dimensions (W x H x D) 57x138x49mm (without adjusting hinge) Installation options vertical, bottom optics Tilting range ±20 horizontal, +4 to -8 vertical Colour grey-white, similar to RAL 9002 Alarm display LED red $Bgl SCM 2000 BUS-1 with wide angle optics 118,00 G (IDT), class B; VSÖ: P031210/39E MABISZ: / $Bho SCM 2000 BUS-1 with long range optics 128,00 G (IDT), class B; VSÖ: P031210/41E MABISZ: / ; POCCDE: AE63.B $Bir SCM 2000 BUS-1 with curtain optics 133,00 G (IDT), class B; VSÖ: P031210/43E MABISZ: / ; POCCDE: AE63.B

179 Motion Detectors Passive infrared detectors SCM SCM 3000 passive infrared detectors 1 Features BSI approval BUS-1 connection to MB panels Attractive design Compact housing Low total current consumption Three different types of mirror optics for pinpoint building monitoring Excellent response sensitivity by means of balanced synthesis between optics and electronics Greatest possible interference radiation resistance through special layout system Range programmable on four levels Sensitivity programmable on two levels Digital fault evaluation Connection via screw terminals with lifting system Tamper monitoring in compliance with VdS Simple installation and commissioning; optional corner and wall installation Anti-marking: For the detection of detector covering or masking. With or without storage. Cyclical self test: When unarmed, test for proper functioning and supply voltage Temperature compensation Walk test The SCM 3000 system series conforms to VdS class C. It is designed with mirror optics. Precise optics and sophisticated sensor electronics with temperature compensation create the highest degree of detection and tamper security. The anti-marking system (up to 20cm range), integrated in the SCM 3000, informs the operator of possible sabotage before a criminal act is committed. There detector is connected to any MB panel by BUS-1 connection technology (three-wire). The BUS-1 detector benefit from the three-wire data bus technology with all its advantages. Systems can be easily expanded and the installation is time-saving and cost-effective. Selective actuation and evaluation ensure ease of operation and a high level of security. The SCM 3000 is available in three different optical systems, allowing it to be matched to the dimensions of the room: - volumetric optics for monitoring rooms; - long range optics for monitoring corridors; - curtain optics for monitoring climbing through areas. The programmable detection range and sensitivity, three optical systems and a clearly thought-out installation system ensure optimal adaptation of the unit to the dimensions of the room at all times. Rated operating voltage 12V DC Operating voltage range 9V to 15V DC Current consumption at 12 V DC armed: max. 4mA EMK; max. 3mA BUS-1 and BUS-2; walk test (with LED): max. 8mA EMK, BUS-1, BUS-2 MTBF to 20cm Range programmable in 4 levels Volumetric optics 22 areas, to 16m Long range optics 8 areas, to 50m Curtain optics (vertical) 11 areas, to 30m Contact rating relay 2 30V DC / 100mA Internal resistance 10 Ohm Operating temperature range -10 C to +50 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Class of protection DIN IP 30 Environmental class as per VdS II Dimensions (W x H x D) 57x138x49mm (without adjusting hinge) Installation position vertical, bottom optics Tilting range ±20 horizontal, +4 to -8 vertical (detector with adjusting hinge) Colour grey-white, similar to RAL 9002 Alarm display LED red Fault display LED yellow $C"m SCM 3000 BUS-1 with wide angle optics 167,00 G (IDT), class C; VSÖ: W031210/46E MABISZ: / ; POCCDE: AE63.B04159 $C%v SCM 3000 BUS-1 with long range optics 173, G (IDT), class C; MABISZ: / ; POCCDE: AE63.B $C( SCM 3000 BUS-1 with curtain optics 177,00 22 G (IDT), class C

180 Motion Detectors Passive infrared detectors SCM Accessories $B{A Wall mounting bracket for motion detectors 11,70 For SCM + Viewguard $B D Lock seals for motion detectors 6,10 For SCM + Viewguard 20 pieces $Dy? Ball-and-socket joint for wall and corner mounting 11,70 Can be adjusted in any direction for optimal adaptation to the monitoring area. For SCM + Viewguard 1 mounting base for wall mounting 1 mounting base for corner mounting $CCi Viewguard PIR curtain mirror set 26,00 3 pcs $CDl Viewguard PIR long range mirror set 26,00 3 pcs 180

181 Motion Detectors Passive infrared detectors SCM Mounting options 1 Installation options

182 Notes 182

183 Alarm contacts IDENTLOC Magnetic contacts Mechanical contacts Glass breakage detectors Hold-up detectors Special detectors

184 Sensors and alarm contacts IDENTLOC Features VdS approval (applied for BUS-2/ BUS-1 unit) Inductive transmission system Expander available in conventional(hardwired) and BUS-2/BUS-1 connection technology A door loop between the fixed and the moveable part of a door or a window is not required Sensors available as surface mounted version or for covered installation (slimline) Special sensor for closed circuit protection; also for multiple locking points Up to four IDENTLOC sensors can be connected One additional EOL-zone with reset function Each IDENTLOC sensor is a unique system with its individual ID carrier and therefore tamper-proof Possible range adjustment depending on the surface (e.g. metal) Any ID carrier in the IDENT-KEY product range can be used in conjunction with the transmission device. This produces a variety of application options. Easy installation The IDENTLOC system is designed for perimeter protection of buildings and for obejct monitoring. Energy and data is inductively transmitted between the fixed part (transmission unit) and the moveable part (sensor). Each sensor is equipped with an individual ID carrier. The evaluation unit (EU) stores these codes in a non-volatile memory during installation (learning mode). During normal operation, the expander permanently verifies that this code is available and correct. If a code is not available or incorrect, a status report is transmitted to the central control unit. Typical application options: opening monitoring of windows and doors; closing monitoring of windows and door handles; glass breakage monitoring of windows and doors using passive glass breakage sensors or alarm glass adapters; monitoring of objects (e.g. valuable works of art). Rated operating voltage 12V DC (U_b) Operating voltage range 10V to 15V DC Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Colour grey-white, similar to RAL 9002 Range adjustment is for common sensors. During standard operation, the common LED light-up (after actuation). The length of all cables may be reduced but not extended. Humidity protection must be carried out to ensure environmental class. IDENTLOC $7+p IDENTLOC expander, hardwired 144,00 G (IDT), class C Conventional connection technology. Features Transmission and control function expander conventional disarmed input reset function: reset input first detector identification included alarm: potential-free relay contact tamper: direct cover contact Current consumption at 12 V DC max. 9mA Evaluating 5.5mA for each sensor; 3mA for each LED Contact load relay contact (1 x changeover) 15 V/0,2A; 15 V/0,2A tamper contact (cover contact) Sensor connections 4 IDENTLOC transmission unit ; 1 EOL detector zone Class of protection DIN IP 40 Environmental class as per VdS II Operating temperature range -5 C to +45 C Dimensions (W x H x D) 118 x 118 x 31 mm $7, /21N IDENTLOC expander BUS-2 / BUS-1 113,00 G (IDT), class C BUS-2 or BUS-1 operation selectable per DIP-switch. Works on BUS-2 as 5-input-module. Built-in commisioning support functions to avoid improper system setup. Any unsuitable sensor mounting will be displayed even without panel support. Features Provides 4 inputs for IDENTLOC sensors and one input for self-latching sensors. Lid tamper Comprehensive commissioning support functions included Current consumption at 12 V DC Evaluating Contact load max. 12mA 3mA for each sensor; 1,3mA for each LED relay contact (1 x changeover) 15 V/0,2A; 15 V/0,2A tamper contact (cover contact) 4 IDENTLOC transmission unit ; 1 EOL detector zone Sensor connections Colour grey white (similar to RAL 9002) Dimensions (W x H x D) 118 x 118 x 31 mm 184

185 Sensors and alarm contacts IDENTLOC Transmission unit Sensor $75' IDENTLOC transmission unit 14,00 Transmission device, mounted on the fixed component. (It is required for each IDENTLOC sensor) Transmission range Cable length In connection with IDENTLOC sensors. The range stated above refers to wooden or plastic mounting plates. When using a metal plate, the transmission unit and the sensor have to be distantly mounted. Installation in aluminium is not possible. Accessories IDENTLOC opening sensor IDENTLOC opening sensor IDENTLOC glas breakage sensor IDENTLOC alarm glass sensor transmission unit - sensor : min. 10mm 6m $76 /21l IDENTLOC closed circuit sensor 15,50 G (IDT), class C Presence surveillance and closed circuit monitoring Dimensions (W x H x D) 61 x 9 x 9mm $77 /21o IDENTLOC closed circuit sensor 18,00 G (IDT), class C As but with cable for locking monitoring of window handles. Dimensions (W x H x D) 61 x 9 x 9mm Cable length 2.5m $7? /21 IDENTLOC break glass sensor 22,80 G (IDT), class B Opening and glass breakage monitoring. Suitable for windows and glassed doors Detection radius Cable length Dimensions (W x H x D) 2m 25cm 61 x 9 x 9 mm

186 Sensors and alarm contacts IDENTLOC $7BN IDENTLOC alarm glass sensor with cable 37,50 G (EMT), Class C Opening monitoring and monitoring for glass breakage. Suitable for windows or doors with alarm glass insert (wire insert or alarm spider). IDENTLOC slimline sensors Features Can be used for almost every bolt with multiple locking function. Original fittings do not need to be replaced. The sensor can be pre-installed by the manufacturer for windows and doors or it can be installed later. Type of protection: IP 67 The compact and flat design of the slimline series allows the sensors to be installed in the gap between the window frame and the window leaf or between the door frame and the door leaf (if the gap is not wide enough, the transmission unit and sensors can be recessed). A special closing sensor is available for opening and closing monitoring of windows and doors with a multiple locking system and concealed push rod. The sensor is fixed to the push rod of the lock. Transmission between the transmission unit and the sensor is only possible if the window and the door is closed and the handle is locked. Operation in metal sections is possible (e.g. aluminium frame). Installation example: opening sensor transmission unit push rod sensor Mounting example transmission unit 186

187 Sensors and alarm contacts IDENTLOC $7DT IDENTLOC slimline transmission unit 17,50 same as the corresponding sensor Transmission unit, mounted on the fixed part. (It is required for every slimline sensor). 1 2 Transmission range 2 to 5mm $7EW IDENTLOC slimline closed circuit sensor 58,00 Opening and closing monitoring for windows and doors with multiple locking system and concealed push rod. Transmission range G (IDT), class C 2 to 5mm $7FZ IDENTLOC slimline closed circuit sensor 19,10 G (IDT), class C Presence or opening monitoring. Opening and closing monitoring for windows and doors with multiple locking system and top-fitted push rod Transmission range 2 to 5mm $7G] IDENTLOC slimline break glass sensor 29,60 G (IDT), class B Opening and glass breakage monitoring. Suitable for windows or glassed doors Transmission range 2 to 5mm $7Jf IDENTLOC alarm glass sensor, slimline with cable 47,50 G (EMT), Class C Opening monitoring and monitoring for glass breakage. Suitable for windows or doors with alarm glass insert (wire insert or alarm spider)

188 Sensors and alarm contacts IDENTLOC Accessories $70 Flush mount mounting kit 19,50 For IDENTLOC expander. It consists of: housing sleeve, cover The fm mounting kit allows easy flush mounting of IDENTLOC expanders. The total indicator LED is visible through a small hole in the cover $7AK Cable for lock monitoring of window handles 5,10 For part nos and By connecting the cable to the transmission unit, handles on windows, doors or similar fittings can be monitored to make sure that they are closed. Accessories FEHLER - Wert für Accessory [5] nicht vorhanden 188

189 Sensors and alarm contacts IDENTLOC Planning examples

190 Sensors and alarm contacts Magnetic contacts The magnetic contact consists of the reed contact and the permanent magnet. The reed contact in turn consists of a plastic housing with built-in reed switch and the connection cable. The reed switch itself is sealed in a dust and water-proof glass tube. It is externally activated by a permanent magnet and its magnetic field. Construction type Universal reed contact: In a plastic housing, suitable for flush mounting in wooden windows and doors. With surface mounting housing (option) and spacer plates (option), can also be mounted on metal doors. Switching interval: 10mm Recessed reed contact: In a plastic housing, suitable for flush mounting in wooden doors and windows. Switching interval: 10mm Flat reed contact: In a plastic housing, suitable for surface mounting on doors and windows made of aluminium and wood. Switching interval: 10mm Block-type reed contact: In a plastic housing, heavy duty construction suitable for surface mounting on doors, roll-up doors and windows for demanding applications with large switching intervals. Can be mounted on metal doors by using a surface mounting base with an appropriate underlay. Installation in wooden doors and windows. Switching interval: ca. 20mm Circular reed contact: In a plastic housing, suitable for flush mounting in wooden doors and windows. Can be mounted on metal doors by using a surface mounting base (option) with spacer plates (option) or steel mounting set. (option). Switching interval: 5mm Connection options: N reed contact without short-circuit protection with two-wire connection. The contacts can be looped into any closed-circuit detector zone. Z reed contacts with short-circuit protection with four-wire connection. They are equipped with four identically coloured and indistinguishable wires that must be wired in a closed-circuit detector in Z wiring (in compliance with VdS) and end-of-line resistor in a differential circuit. Short-circuiting of wires will be signalled through the Z wiring. Blue dots indicate Z wiring. All reed contact connection cables are suitable for LSA-PLUS IDC method of termination. Relay contact rating Environmental class as per VdS Dimensions (W x H x D) Dimensions (ØxD) max. 30V DC/ 100mA, min. 1.5V DC/ 1.5mA III recessed reed contact class A/B 60x9x9mm recessed reed contact class C/flat reed contact 60x11x9mm -block-type reed contact 65x13x14mm -circular reed contact with flange 10x30mm -circular reed contact w/o flange 8.3x30mm -universal reed contact 8x25mm Connection N and Z 190

191 Sensors and alarm contacts Magnetic contacts VdS approval class A 1 Connection 2-wire Cable length 6m Colour pure-white, similar to RAL $!! /27+ Recessed reed contact, white, 6 m, including magnet 13,00 4 magnet G (IDT), class A $!" /27. Flat reed contact, white, 6m 11,00 With cross-hole attachment. G (IDT), class A $!# /271 Block-type reed contact, white, 6m 13,90 13 G (IDT), class A $!+ /27I Circular reed contact, white, 6m 9,95 17 With flange. G (IDT), class A )5" /27[ Reed contact, white, 6m 7,40 21 G (IDT), class A

192 Sensors and alarm contacts Magnetic contacts VdS approval class B Connection 4-wire Cable length 6m Colour pure-white, similar to RAL 9010 or brown, similar to RAL $#! /27/ Recessed reed contact, white, 6m 12,50 G (IDT), class B $#J /27C Recessed reed contact, brown, 6m 12,50 G (IDT), class B $#" /272 Flat reed contact, white, 6m 13,00 G (IDT), class B With cross hole attachment $#L /27I Flat reed contact, brown, 6m 13,00 G (IDT), class B With cross hole attachment 192

193 Sensors and alarm contacts Magnetic contacts $## /275 Block-type reed contact, white, 6m 16,00 1 G (IDT), class B $#N /27O Block-type reed contact, brown, 6m 16,00 G (IDT), class B $#, /27P Circular reed contact, white, 6m 9,60 G (IDT), class B For installation in metal part no is required. magnet $#R /27[ Circular reed contact, brown, 6m 9,60 G (IDT), class B For installation in metal part no is required. magnet )5$ /27a Circular reed contact, white, 6m 9,50 G (IDT), class B For installation in metal part no is required magnet

194 Sensors and alarm contacts Magnetic contacts )5. /27 Z universal reed contact, brown, 6m 9,50 G (IDT), class B For installation in metal part no is required. magnet $#+ /27M Circular reed contact, white, 6m 12,00 G (IDT), class B With flange $#P /27U Circular reed contact, brown, 6m 12,00 G (IDT), class B With flange $"! /27- slimline flat reed contact, weiß, 6m 10,30 Transmission range G (IDT), class B max. 10mm 194

195 Sensors and alarm contacts Magnetic contacts $7Nr Closing sensor with magnetic contact 35,00 Opening and closing monitoring for windows and doors with multiple locking system and concealed push rod. Transmission range Lateral offset Type of protection Environmental class as per VdS Operating temperature range Connecting cable pending for class B Accessories Surface mounted base for slimline sensors 1mm to 10mm (between the housings) 3mm maximum IP 67 (as per DIN / EN60529) III -25 C to +60 C 4 x 0.14 mm 2, length 6m (moulded) $"+ /27K Surface mounting base for slimline sensors 22, pieces VdS approval class C 12 Connection Cable length Colour 4-wire 6m pure-white, similar to RAL 9010 or brown, similar to RAL $#g /273 Z recessed reed contact, white, 6m 20,00 magnet G (IDT), class C $#h /276 Z recessed reed contact, brown, 6 m 20,00 20 magnet G (IDT), class C

196 Sensors and alarm contacts Magnetic contacts $#] /27 Z flat reed contact, white, 6 m 20,00 G (IDT), class C With cross hole attachment. magnet $#^ /27 Z flat reed contact, brown, 6 m 20,00 G (IDT), class C With cross hole attachment. magnet 196

197 Sensors and alarm contacts Magnetic contacts $# y Circular reed contact with flange 13,80 G (IDT), class C This tamper-proof circular reed contact is suitable for windows and door opening monitoring. Contact and magnet are mounted face to face in the frame and casement / leaf. Connecting cable :LIYY 4x0.14mm ZGL, for LSA-PLUS suitable for IDC method of termination, cable colour (outside): white, centre conductor: white Contact NC contact, 1-pole Switching voltage 100V DC max. Switching current 0.5A max. Relay contact rating 10W max. Electric strength 150V DC (1 sec) Operating voltage 40A max. (permissible) Operating temperature range -25 C to +70 C Type of protection DIN IP 68 Environmental class as per VdS III Dimensions Ø8x30mm (contact, magnet housing DYM) Ø3.2mm, length 6m (cable) Housing material PS, ABS, PA 30% 1 x reed contact with moulded connecting cable; 2 x installation flange, white; 2 x installation flange, brown; 4 x fixing screws 2.9 x 9.5 / V 2 A, DIN Dimensions (mm)

198 Sensors and alarm contacts Magnetic contacts Accessories $)! /27; Mounting support for class A / B recessed reed contacts 2,90 Mounting aid for aluminium profiles for recessing or height adjustment. With distance tubes, the mounting support can be fixed at any height. Installation depth 12mm Colour grey-white, similar to RAL $)-Z Mounting support for class A / B recessed reed contacts 2,80 Mounting aid for aluminium profiles for recessing or height adjustment. With distance tubes, the mounting support can be fixed at any height. Installation depth 12mm Colour brown, similar to RAL $)# /27A Mounting support recessed reed contacts, class C 2,90 Mounting aid for aluminium profiles for recessing or height adjustment. With distance tubes, the mounting support can be fixed at any height. Installation depth 14mm Colour pure-white, similar to RAL $)$? Mounting support for class C recessed reed contacts 2,90 Mounting aid for aluminium profiles for recessing or height adjustment. With distance tubes, the mounting support can be fixed at any height. Installation depth 14mm Colour brown, similar to RAL $)+ /27Y Surface mounted base for flat reed contacts 3,50 Mounting aid for height adjustments. Colour pure-white, similar to RAL pieces of various heights 198

199 Sensors and alarm contacts Magnetic contacts $).] Surface mounted base for flat reed contacts 3,70 1 Mounting aid for height adjustments. 2 Colour brown, similar to RAL pieces of various heights $), /27\ Surface mounted base for block-type reed contacts 5,00 5 Mounting aid for height adjustments. 6 Colour pure-white, similar to RAL pieces of the same height (4mm) $)/` Surface mounted base for block-type reed contacts 5,50 10 Mounting aid for height adjustments. 11 Colour brown, similar to RAL pieces of the same height (4mm) $)" /27> Mounting support for circular reed contacts with flange 2,80 Mounting aid for hollow profiles for height adjustments. With distance tubes, the mounting support can be fixed at any height. Colour pure-white, similar to RAL $)0c Mounting support for circular reed contacts with flange 2,75 19 Mounting aid for hollow profiles for height adjustments. With distance tubes, the mounting support can be fixed at any height. Colour brown, similar to RAL

200 Sensors and alarm contacts Magnetic contacts )9# /27f Installation housing for universal reed contacts 10,00 Colour pure-white, similar to RAL pieces )9- Installation housing for universal reed contacts 10,20 Colour brown, similar to RAL pieces )9$ /27i Distance plates for installation housings 2,30 Colour pure-white, similar to RAL pieces )9. Distance plates for installation housings 2,30 Colour brown, similar to RAL pieces $# Steel mounting set, white 6,20 The steel mounting set is used for mounting circular reed contacts in ferromagnetic materials such as steel. The set contains an installation flange for the circular reed contact and for the magnet. The magnet is already glued in the housing. Colour traffic white, similar to RAL

201 Sensors and alarm contacts Magnetic contacts $# Steel mounting set, brown 6,20 1 The steel mounting set is used for mounting circular reed contacts in ferromagnetic materials such as steel. The set contains an installation flange for the circular reed contact and for the magnet. The magnet is already glued in the housing. Colour brown, similar to RAL

202 Sensors and alarm contacts Mechanical contacts Cone-type, pin-type and microswitches are switches fitted with a snap-action switching mechanism. This ensures the highest contact reliability. The contacts are led into door / window frames. Contact load min. Contact load max. 1.5V DC / 10μA 30V DC / 100mA (ohmic load) Cone-type contact 15,70 $+!: G17207 (IDT), class C With change-over contact. Dimensions (W x H x D) 15x28x28x12mm Dimensions (mm) Pin-type contact 22,70 $+"= G17208 (IDT), class C With change-over contact. Dimensions (W x H x D) 15x28x28x12mm Dimensions (mm) Microswitch with spring lever 5,05 $+?- In plastic housing with change-over contact. Dimensions (W x H x D) 12x38x16mm 202

203 Sensors and alarm contacts Bolt switching contacts Electromechanical contacts with snap-action switching mechanism used for door opening monitoring. These contacts are made inaccessible by recessing them in the face plate of the door frame and are operated by the deadbolt when closing the door. These bolt switching contacts have an exceptionally shallow installation depth and an adjustable switching point. The mounting aid is supplied as standard and it allows straightforward installation. It can be used as a drilling template and as a holding support while the switches are being mounted. Maximum switching capacity Minimum switching capacity Type of protection DIN Operating temperature range 30V DC / 100mA 1.5V DC / 10μA with soldered connection interior IP67, connections IP00; with moulded cable IP67-40 C to +70 C Dimensions (mm)

204 Sensors and alarm contacts Bolt switching contacts VdS class C $.)X Bolt switching contact 21,50 G (IDT), Class C With soldered connection. Not suitable for external doors $.* /17Z Bolt switching contact 28,70 G (IDT), class C Suitable for external doors. With moulded connecting cable, 6m $,#B Trip wire switch with cover contact 67,30 G17214 (IDT), class C Can be used in dormer windows, ventilating fans, emergency exits, showcases, tripping devices etc., which are not opened but must be monitored nonetheless. The trip wire contact is fitted with a reed switch and activates when the trip wire is pulled or broken. With change-over contact for Z wiring. Max. switching capacity Max. switching current Dimensions (W x H x D) 30V DC 100mA DC (ohmic load) 30x90x15mm Installation example 204

205 Sensors and alarm contacts Trip wire switches Mechanical kit with turnbuckle and suspension hooks 23,00 $,: Guide roller for angled mounting 17,50 $,: /14q Guide roller for flat mounting 17,50 $,: /15x metre rope 19,50 $,+Z V2A, rust-resistant wire, stranded. Minimum break resistance Dimensions (Ø) 100N 0.33mm

206 Sensors and alarm contacts Tappet contacts Current transmitters are suitable for special applications, in which an electrical connection has to be made between fixed and movable parts. For example, they can be used to provide the connection to monitoring sensors fitted to turning and lifting doors. The cone-type, hard gold plated contacts allow both vertical and horizontal contact and offer the highest degree of contact reliability. Surface and flush mounting versions are available. Switching voltage Switching current Dimensions (W x H x D) Colour max. 30V DC max. 100mA fm 20x86x22mm, sm 24x76x15mm white, brown Recessed tappet contact, 4-pole, white 45,70 $-%J G (IDT), class C Dimensions (mm) Screw-on tappet contact, 4-pole, white 45,70 $-(S G (IDT), class C $-)V Base for surface mounting, for screw-on tappet contact, white 1,75 1 set = 3 pieces 2 mm, 3 mm and 5 mm Recessed tappet contact, 4-pole, brown 45,70 $-$G G (IDT), class C 206

207 Sensors and alarm contacts Glass break detector DETEKT 1000 acoustic glass break sensor 1 DETEKT 1000 is a modern acoustic glass break detector based on SMD technology. It is designed to monitor windows for breakage in such a way that the detector and glass do not come into direct contact. The main feature of DETEKT 1000 is that several windows can be monitored by just one detector unit. Using traditional methods, it is normally very difficult to monitor transom windows, windows consisting of several panes, bullion point sheet windows and sliding windows. Precisely the same problem comes to the fore when protecting skylights and roof windows. However, by using the DETEKT 1000 break glass detector, even windows of this kind can have completely dependable monitoring. Installation work is reduced to a minimum, since no installation work needs to be done on the windows, which in turn simplifies cable routing, and because it is possible to monitor entire window arrangements. The detection principle employed in the DETEKT 1000 is based on the physical fact that when a pane of glass breaks, midrange sound waves are produced with high-frequency harmonic distortion being generated when the glass strikes the ground. This sequence is processed by an evaluation circuit, specially developed for the purpose, and tested for a signal pattern that suggests an alarm. An alarm is only triggered if the correct detection sequence is identified in each of the frequency bands. DETEKT 1000 is the result of extensive development and numerous field tests. The reliability of detection and protection against false alarms means DETEKT 1000 is a leading-edge product in detector technology. Operating voltage 12V DC Operating voltage range 10V to 15V DC Quiescent current max. 3.6mA (12V) Current consumption max. 5mA (12V) Environmental class as per VdS II Type of protection DIN IP30 Operating temperature range -10 C to +50 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Time commissioning max. 10sec. Alarm duration 1sec to 6.2 sec. (typical 2.5sec.) Monitored glass area 0.25m 2 to 18m 2 Monitored room size 20m 3 to 250m 3 Detection angle 180 Housing ABS Dimensions (W x H x D) 73x97x43mm Weight max. 150g Colour grey-white, similar to RAL Corner mounting bracket $95+ DETEKT 1000 BUS-1 acoustic glass break detector 125,00 In plastic housing with BUS-1 connection technology: DIP switch for programming BUS-1 address; slide switch for control the detector LED; cost-effective installation

208 Sensors and alarm contacts Glass break detector Accessories $7)j DETEKT 1000 testing unit 160,00 The hand-held testing unit is designed to test the DETEKT 1000 break glass sensors during installation and maintenance. It transmits a frequency spectrum that corresponds to the detection range of the acoustic glass breakage detector $7*m Receptacle for hand-held testing units 69,90 Required for using the hand-held testing unit with the detector pull-down rod. Passive break glass sensor The small and compact passive glass breakage senor is suitable for monitoring flat panes of glass for breakage. It is completely encapsulated and waterproof and has SMD polarity reversal protection. The frequencies produced when one of these panes breaks are received by a piezo crystal and electronically evaluated and identified. In the case of an alarm, the LED will continuously be illuminated until the unit is rest. Up to 20 sensors can be connected in Z wiring to each rate-of-rise detector zone. Power is supplied to the sensors via the detector zone. The no-load current consumption at the rated voltage is max. 1 ma. Quiescent current Detection area Operating temperature range Storage temperature range Environmental class as per VdS Type of protection DIN Dimensions (L x W x H) max. 1μA 200cm, irrespective of glass thickness -10 C to +70 C -25 C to +70 C II IP67 22x22x12.2mm Not suitable for plastic panes. Accessories Sensor test device for passive and active glass breakage sensors RTV silicone adhesive Contact spray Glass-metal glueing set 208

209 Sensors and alarm contacts Glass break detector $7i /27a Z mini break glass sensor, white, 6 m 18,50 VdS (IDT), class B Cable length 6m Cable suitable for IDC method of termination Dimensions (L x W x H) 22 x 22 x 12.2mm Colour brown, similar to RAL $7k /27g Z mini break glass sensor, brown, 6 m 19,00 VdS (IDT), class B Cable length 6m Cable suitable for IDC method of termination Dimensions (L x W x H) 22 x 22 x 17.2mm Colour brown, similar to RAL Accessories $7eP Glueing gauge for passive break glass sensor 26,80 For adjusting and glueing glass breakage sensors $7Y /12o Sensor testing unit for passive break glass sensors 195,50 Sensors can be connected for preliminary and final testing

210 Sensors and alarm contacts Vibration Detectors $6.w Electronic vibration detector 52,60 G (IDT), class B The detector is suitable for glass breakage monitoring windows and doors. It can be used on glass panes, which can not be monitored by passive glass breakage detectors. This includes strutural glass, shatterproof glass, bulletproof glass, wire reinforced glass and plastic reinforced glass. Mass movements arising from the transfer of mechanical force are picked up by a piezo element and converted into electrical form ready for evaluation. Features Application range: even and structured areas, uneveness < 1mm glass / metal / wood, assumption: closed medium The detector features adjustable sensitivity and high interference immunity. A maximum of 20 detectors can be connected per detector zone. They are connected in Z wiring to rate-of-rise detectors. Operating voltage Operating voltage range Current consumption Current consumption alarm Reset time Detection area Operating time Operating temperature range Storage temperature range Humidity class according to DIN Installation position Weight Dimensions (W x H x D) Cable length 12V DC 6V to 15V DC < quiescent current; 500nA (for UNENN, measuring time 10sec) < 12mA (for UNENN) >1 sec ca. 1.5m (uniform area) 100% ED -10 C to +50 C -25 C to +70 C class F variable 50g 38x53x19mm ca. 6m Accessories RTV adhesive, silicon adhesive 210

211 Sensors and alarm contacts Hold-up detectors Modular hold-up detector 1 Hold-up push buttons belonging to our multipurpose operating unit range conform to the hold-up alarm system requirements. The modular insert for hold-up detectors can be inserted in a surface or flush mount basic housing or can be integrated in the modular operating and indication range. Operating voltage range 10V to 15V DC Current consumption buzzer 15mA Contact load max. 30V DC / 100mA ohmic load min. 1.5V DC / 10mA Environmental class as per VdS II Type of protection IP 40 (built-in) Colour of housing grey-white, similar to RAL 9002 (plastic) Colour of front plate grey-white, similar to RAL Accessories Sm basic housing for 1 module Fm basic housing for 1 module Housing sleeve for Housing sleeve for 2-module housing Sm basic housing, version 1 for 2 modules Fm basic housing, version 1 for 2 modules Dummy module for basic housing Paper seal, in packs of $0IU BUS-1 hold-up pushbutton module 120,50 Without standard housing G (IDT), class C Current consumption Without standard housing max. 500μA (for U rated voltage) Hold-up floor alarm bars $06 Hold-up floor alarm bar, 30 cm long 105,00 Extremely quiet switch mechanical triggering indicator and cover protection. Connection via a soldered connection strip. Maximum switching capacity Weight Dimensions (W x H x D) G (IDT), class C max. 42V DC / 100mA 300g 300x30x36mm

212 Sensors and alarm contacts Special detectors $0^ /272 Water detector for wall mounting, white 66,00 The water detector is designed to detect water inrush. For this purpose, it uses two goldplated electrodes to detect rising water. The sensor is contained in a sealed plastic housing. There is an LED indicator on the top of the housing that allows the detector to be identified. The water detector is attached to the floor or wall to allow fast detection of water running out or rising water level detection. In order to ensure alarm triggering as early as possible, the water detector should be mounted in immediate proximity to possible hazard sources. Features Completely sealed and waterproof Optimum functional range due to high-level switch integration Can be looped in rate-of-rise detector zone by means of Z wiring Individual LED indication guarantees clear identification of each sensor when in alarm status Special polarity protection makes polarity irrelevant during connection Operating voltage 12V DC Operating voltage range 3V to 15V DC Reset voltage 1.3V DC Quiescent current 20μA (for rated voltage) Alarm current 4mA (for rated voltage) Detection at humidity RF ca. 80 kohm Operating temperature range 0 C to +60 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Connection lead LIYY 4x 0.14, white, 2m Dimensions (W x H x D) 22x28x14mm Colour of housing pure-white, similar to RAL 9010 We recommend use of the RTV silicon adhesive as a glueing device. Compact Gas / Heat / Cold Detectors The compact series of gas, heat and cold detectors is designed to detect and analyse various chemicals such as hydrocarbon gases (methane and propane) and the temperature threshold values within the ranges of 10 C to 15 C and 30 C to 60 C. Electronics, sensors, and electronic buzzer (local alarm actuation) are integrated in full in a robust white plastic housing. The potential-free output allows immediate activation of all hazard detection control units. In addition, a 230V AC / 12V DC is included for independent operation of the compact detector &js Compact gas detector for methane 176,50 Pre-alarm at 0.5% CH4 = 10% LEL, main alarm at 1% CH4 = 20% LEL. Rated operating voltage 12V DC Operating voltage range 8.5V to 14V DC Maximum current consumption 30mA in quiescent condition, 70mA in case of alarm Relative humidity 30% to 70% Operating temperature range 0 C to +60 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Floating relay contact 24 V DC/1A Housing ABS Colour grey-white, similar to RAL 9002 Dimensions (W x H x D) 118 x 118 x 31mm The compact methane gas detector must not be placed at points in rooms at which detectors with BAM (Federal Institute for Materials Testing) approval are prescribed by the trade association. This detector can only be used for natural gas, not for town gas, as only natural gas contains approx. 80% methane (CH4). As methane gas is lighter than air, methane gas detectors must be mounted on the top half of the wall

213 Sensors and alarm contacts Special detectors &jt Compact gas detector for propane 176,50 1 Pre-alarm at 0.21 % C3 H8 = 10% UEG, main alarm at 0.42% C3 H8 = 20% UEG. Operating voltage range 8.5V to 14V DC Operating voltage 12V DC Floating relay contact 24V DC / 1A Quiescent current max. 30mA Alarm current max. 70mA Operating temperature range 0 C to +60 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Relative humidity 30% to 70% Housing plastic Colour white, similar to RAL 9002 Dimensions (W x H x D) 118 x 118 x 31mm &jx /21l Compact heat detector 129,50 7 Operating voltage 8.5V to 14V DC Rated voltage 12V DC Relay contact loading capacity 24V DC / 1A Quiescent current max. 30mA Factory setting is activated at temperature levels under +40 C Adjustable -20 C to +50 C Ambient temperature -25 C to +65 C Storage temperature -25 C to +65 C Relative humidity < 95% without condensation Housing plastic Colour white, similar to RAL 9002 Dimensions (W x H x D) 118 x 118 x 31mm &jy- Compact cold detector 129,50 13 Operating voltage 8.5V to 14V DC Rated voltage 12V DC Relay contact loading capacity 24V DC / 1A Quiescent current max. 30mA Factory setting is activated at temperature levels under +5 C Adjustable -10 C to +15 C Ambient temperature -25 C to +65 C Storage temperature -25 C to +65 C Relative humidity < 95% without condensation Housing plastic Colour white, similar to RAL 9002 Dimensions (W x H x D) 118 x 118 x 31mm &j[3 External sensor for compact temperature detector 26,10 Consists of sensor element and 1.5 m connection cable. For temperature acquisition with spatial separation of device and measurement variable.the sensor is suitable for the compact heat detector and the compact cold detector

214 Notes 214

215 Alarm devices Acoustic alarm devices Optic alarm devices Optic/Acoustic alarm devices Day alarm

216 Signalling devices Alarm signalling devices Alarm signalling devices are key components in hazard detection systems. The silent alarm is actuated via telephone dialling devices, and the classic signalling devices perform the important and often decisive task of local alarm actuation. Every second counts in an emergency; therefore an alarm that sounds on the scene gains valuable time advantage. But besides the advantage of quick response local signalling devices also have a deterrent effect. This should not be underestimated. Sirens or buzzers, flashing lamps or LED parallel indicators sophisticated and approved technology is available for every purpose. As well as reliable technology, modern signal transmitters must also be aesthetically designed to meet architectural demands. The demand for top mechanical, electronic, audible and visual characteristics and features, coupled with the demand for timeless functional design, pose a real challenge for development and construction. alarm units meet the requirements in exemplary fashion. We supply the appropriate signal transmitter for every purpose, whether it be private, commercial or industrial. Acoustic signalling devices for external alarm signalling Acoustic external signalling devices actuate local alarms, e.g. in the event of burglary, fire or hold-up. Two signalling devices are installed separately from one another. In this way alarm actuation is ensured even if one signalling device is tampered or fails. Plastic or metal housing versions are available %x!n Acoustic signalling device 116,50 G (IDT), class C Loud signalling device in an elegant plastic housing with tear-off protection, reach-through protection, and tamper monitoring. Its versatile design allows the signalling device to be used in the most demanding environments. Rated operating voltage 12V DC Operating voltage 10V to 15V DC Current consumption active typ. 250mA Loudness level >100dB(A) Environmental class as per VdS IV Class of protection DIN IP 44 Operating temperature range -25 C to +60 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Material plastic Dimensions (W x H x D) 185x210x98mm Colour grey-white, similar to RAL 9002 Adapted to Esser HB / MB series alarm systems. The actuating signal is provided by the connected hazard detection unit 216

217 Signalling devices Alarm signalling devices Acoustic alarm signalling devices for internal alarm signalling Besides the acoustic external signalling devices, there is the range of acoustic signalling devices for internal use. The range covers internal sirens for alarm signalling individual event signalling as well as buzzers, for instance, for signalling activation and alarm delay times. %?b /213 Piezo indoor siren, conventional connection 69,50 G (IDT), class C Compact, modern siren in plastic case for indoor use. With integrated cover contact for tamper monitoring. Both surface-mounting and flush-mounting cable installations are possible. The loudness level can be set to one of two levels while the signal type can be set to one of four levels. Activation by connecting the operating voltage. Programmable type of signal: 1.) 330Hz to 1200Hz upward sawtooth 2.) 1200Hz to 500Hz downward sawtooth as per DIN ) 660Hz / 900Hz switch over 3 times per sec 4.) 500Hz to 1200Hz sine-shaped Operating voltage 24V DC Operating voltage range 10V to 28V DC Current consumption 40mA at 90 db (A) (for rated voltage) Programmable volume 74 db (A) and 90 db (A) Type of protection DIN IP 32 (installation with upward radius) Environmental class as per VdS II Operating temperature range -5 C to +45 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Dimensions (W x H x D) 85x 87 x 34mm Colour grey-white, similar to RAL %?c /216 Piezo indoor siren, conventional connection - red 69,50 13 G (IDT), class C 14 Similar to but red. Colour red, similar to RAL %?]I Piezo indoor siren, BUS-1 connection 83,50 G (IDT), class C Similar to , but with a BUS-1 connection. Rated operating voltage 12V DC Operating voltage range 10V to 15V DC Current consumption at 12 V DC BUS1 quiescent : typ. 4mA Conventional connection active typ. 40mA at 90dB(A) Programmable volume 74dB(A) and 90dB(A) Type of protection DIN IP 32 (mounting with upper radius ) Environmental class as per VdS II Operating temperature range -5 C to +45 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Dimensions (W x H x D) 85 x 87 x 34mm Colour grey-white, similar to RAL

218 Signalling devices Alarm signalling devices %?S+ Module for indoor siren, BUS-1 130,00 G (IDT), class C With this module, it is possible to acoustically signal events in internal areas. The module is equipped with a sabotage contact. A special feature is the volume control, which can be set to 5 different levels. The module can be mechanically and optically fitted in the operating and indicating panels of the product series. The standard housing is not supplied as standard. Rated operating voltage 12V DC Operating voltage range 10V to 15V DC Quiescent current 500μA Active with 60 dba 4mA Active with 95 dba 80mA Loudness level 60 to 95dBA Dimensions (W x H x D) 79x115x50mm (with housing ) Colour grey-white, similar to RAL 9002 Accessories Sm basic housing for 1 module Fm basic housing for 1 module Housing sleeve for Housing sleeve for 2-module housing Sm basic housing, version 1 for 2 modules Fm basic housing, version 1 for 2 modules Dummy module for basic housing 218

219 Signalling devices Optical signalling devices Optical Signalling Devices for External Alarm Signalling 1 The optical signalling devices signal local external alarms. They may be activated for an unlimited amount of time. Several flashing beacon versions are available for oudoor applications. Covers are available in red or yellow. In addition, accessories for installation, for example, on poles or walls are available. Colour housing: grey-white, similar to RAL %6!Q Optical signalling device, red 85,50 VdS (IDT), class C Attractive signalling device with high signalling effect, in plastic housing with tamper monitoring. Compact construction and effective signalling make this a truly multipurpose signalling device. Colour grey-white, similar to RAL 9002 Flash lamp cap colour red %6&` Optical signalling device, yellow 116,50 G (IDT), class C Similar to , but with yellow lamp cover Colour grey-white, similar to RAL 9002 Flash lamp cap colour yellow %65& Supporting bracket for and signalling devices 29,50 Allows hanging or upright installation of and signalling devices

220 Signalling devices Optical signalling devices Optical Signalling Devices for In-door Application Indoor flashing lights and parallel indicators are designed for indoor application. They are particularly suitable for signalling each system status as well as pre-alarms and /or indoor alarms. The signalling devices can be ordered for conventional connection or BUS connection (BUS-1, BUS-2 or RS-BUS). Current consumption for U rated voltage flash lamp < 400mA, pressure chamber loudspeaker typ., 250mA Current consumption at rated voltage -in quiescent condition 0mA -in case of alarm 10mA Colour of housing grey-white, similar to RAL %7?F Indoor flash lamp, conventional connection 45,00 VdS, class C Compact, modern flashing light in plastic housing for indoor application. With integrated cover contact for tamper monitoring. Both surface mount and flush mount cable installations are possible. Two signals can be programmed for the indicator mode: continuous signal or periodic signal. It is activated by connecting the operating voltage. Rated operating voltage 12V DC Operating voltage range 10V to 15V DC Connection at stand-by 0 ma Connection at alarm 10 ma Type of protection DIN IP 32 (mounting with upper radius) Environmental class as per VdS II Operating temperature range - 5 C to +45 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Dimensions (W x H x D) 85 x 87 x 34mm Colour housing grey-white, similar to RAL 9002 Light range red %7DU Indoor flash light, BUS-1 connection 61,00 G (IDT), class C Similar to part no but with a BUS-1 connection. Connection at stand-by Connection at alarm typ. 8.5mA typ 19mA 220

221 Signalling devices Optical /acoustic signalling device Compact alarm device in a plastic housing 202,00 %x5c G (IDT), class C Its compact and timeless construction together with its effective signalling and installation make this combined signalling device truly multipurpose. With tamper switch, reachthrough protection, and removal protection, interfacing module with monitoring circuit for integrated loudspeakers and a flashing beacon. Rated operating voltage 12V DC Rated operating voltage range 10V to9 15V DC Current consumption at rated voltage Flashing beacon < 400mA Pressure chamber loudspeaker typ. 250mA Frequency of flash ca. 2Hz Loudness level >100dB(A) Environmental class as per VdS IV Class of protection DIN IP 44 Operating temperature range -25 C to +60 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Dimensions (W x H x D) 185x315x98mm Housing grey-white, similar to RAL 9002 Light range red Only for panels serie MB or HB

222 Signalling devices Individual emergency exit door monitoring (Doorguard) The day alarm detector is used for monitoring two emergency exit doors, which must not be locked according to the relevant regulations. The unit is easily installed on site.the integrated mains units allows 230 V AC / 50 Hz voltage supply. The alarm is triggered by the door contacts at the corresponding doors. The parallel panel is used for remote display of a number (1-8) of individual day alarm systems %/+a Day alarm (Doorguard) 190,50 Monitoring of two emergency exit doors. Features key-operated switch ON / OFF indication of operating status via a green LED individual indication of alarm actuation (2 red LEDs) 2 door contact connections (no load current loop) integrated acoustic signalling device (buzzer) semi conductor outputs for alarm and operating status OFF potential free relay changeover contacts for alarm Operating voltage 230V AC Operating voltage range 230V AC / +10% to -15% Mains frequency 50Hz Current consumption -in quiescent current ca. 10mA -alarm ca. 20mA Operating temperature range -5 C to +50 C Storage temperature range -25 C to +70 C Type of protection DIN IP 30 Environmental class as per VdS II Dimensions (W x H x D) 200x146x55mm Also available as BUS-1 version Art %/-g Parallel panel (display) 179,00 For common display of up to 8 day alarm systems. Features individual indication of the operating status of up to 8 day alarm systems yellow LED: detector OFF red LED: detector alarm integrated acoustic collective alarm signalling device (buzzer) key-operated switch for buzzer ON / OFF Operating voltage 12V DC (of day alarm or external) Operating voltage range 10V to 15V DC Current consumption per LED ca. 10mA Current consumption buzzer ca. 20mA Operating temperature range -5 C to +45 C Storage temperature range -20 C to +70 C Type of protection DIN IP 30 Dimensions (W x H x D) 200x146x55mm Design example 222

223 Installation Accessories Junction Box Range Housing

224 Installation Accessories Junction Box Range Modular junction box range This range provides components for every kind of application. This junction box range with its various combination options of housings and junction box inserts presents an ideal means of installation technology &!b Sm plastic junction box (without insert) 10,70 G (IDT), class C Housing plastic Dimensions (W x H x D) 118x118x31mm Colour grey-white, similar to RAL &!c Fm plastic junction box (without insert) 10,90 G (IDT), class C Housing plastic Dimensions (W x H x D) 130x130x31mm Colour grey-white, similar to RAL &!d# Housing sleeve for items and ,80 G (IDT), class C Housing plastic Dimensions (W x H x D) 118x118x31mm Colour grey-white, similar to RAL &!b /21_ Junction PCB with 23 double soldering lugs and one cover contact. 12,90 G (IDT), class C For integration in junction housings ,

225 Installation Accessories Junction Box Range Metal distribution boxes &!4a Junction block, 16-pole 7,65 2 Dimensions (W x H x D) 60x72x19mm Cable links &#8q Cable link type II, white 7,80 Dimensions (Ø) -outside 10mm -inside 7mm Length 30 cm Colour grey-white, similar to RAL &#B( Cable link type II, brown 7,80 14 Dimensions (Ø) -outside 10mm -inside 7mm Length 30cm Colour brown, similar to RAL

226 Installation Accessories Junction Box Range Protective flexible metal tube &#;z Protective metal tube type II, white 58,60 Dimensions (Ø) -outside 10mm -inside 7mm Length 10m Colour grey-white, similar to RAL &#E1 Protective metal tube type II, brown 58,60 Dimensions (Ø) -outside 10mm -inside 7mm Length 10m Colour brown, similar to RAL &#&; Fixing caps for protective metal tube type II, white 1,45 Dimensions (Ø) 10mm Colour grey-white, similar to RAL &#'> Fixing caps for protective metal tube type II, brown 1,45 Dimensions (Ø) 10mm Colour brown, similar to RAL &#.S Protective sleeve for protective metal tube type II, white 1,95 Dimensions (Ø) 7 / 6mm Colour grey-white, similar to RAL pieces 226

227 Installation Accessories Junction Box Range &#S[ Concealed Door Loop, long 44,00 1 The concealed door loop with housing can be used for metal and plastic. In connection with the mounting aid (radii), which is supplied as standard, fast and easy installation is also possible for wooden material. Time-consuming and complicated work with chisel and file is no longer required. Dimensions (W x H x D) 24 x 480 x 17mm Angle of the doorway max. 180 Center of rotation max. 36mm Inner diameter 10mm &#T^ Concealed Door Loop, short 29,00 6 The concealed door loop with housing can be used for metal and plastic. In connection with the mounting aid (radii), which is supplied as standard, fast and easy installation is also possible for wooden material. Time-consuming and complicated work with chisel and file is no longer required. Dimensions (W x H x D) 24 x 260 x 17mm Angle of the doorway max. 180 Center of rotation max. 18mm Inner diameter 10mm &#Ua Concealed Door Loop, narrow 37,00 The concealed door loop with housing can be used for metal and plastic. In connection with the mounting aid (radii), which is supplied as standard, fast and easy installation is also possible for wooden material. Time-consuming and complicated work with chisel and file is no longer required. This small door loop version is specifically suitable for installation in doors with standard door rabbet as per DIN Dimensions (W x H x D) 20 x 382 x 15mm Angle of the doorway max. 180 Center of rotation max. 18mm Inner diameter 8mm &#]y Concealed Door Loop, medium 21,00 17 Coil without housing to be used in hollow chamber profiles. Dimensions (L) 241mm Angle of the doorway max. 100 Inner diameter 8mm

228 Installation Accessories Junction Box Range &#^ Concealed Door Loop, short 16,00 Coil without housing to be used in hollow chamber profiles. Dimensions (L) 155mm Angle of the doorway max. 100 Inner diameter 10mm &#_ Concealed Door Loop, long 23,00 Coil without housing to be used in hollow chamber profiles. Dimensions (L) 370mm Angle of the doorway max. 180 Inner diameter 10mm &#b! Miniature-Door Loop, 131mm 12,00 Miniature door loop with end caps for concealed cable mounting in windows and doors. Due to low space consumption, installation within the rabbet area is possible almost anywhere. Side-hung and bottom-hung windows maintain their full function. Concealed mounting provides a higher security level, while almost no restrictions for the opening angle exist. Flatband cables (e.g. for alarm glass) as well as round cables can be inserted

229 Installation Accessories Accessories General accessories &&+P Network interference suppression filter type 2VK3 35, The power supply interference suppression filter is used for retrofitting in mains power supplied devices, in which problems occur due to HF interference. Rated voltage 115 V to 250 V AC Rated current max. 2 A Ambient temperature -10 C to + 40 C Operating current Hz Pitch 60.4 mm Dimensions (W x H x D) 50.8 x 46.0 x 22.3 mm (without flange) Mains filter and terminal block &U]v Glass metal glueing set 11,60 Loctite 319, 5g adhesive, 4 ml activator $7bG RTV silicone adhesive 15,90 FEHLER - Wert für Long text [5] nicht vorhanden $7cJ Contact spray 9,80 For improving the acoustic interconnection between sensor test device and pane

230 Installation Accessories Accessories $7dM Glass metal glueing set 45,30 Please use the adhesive for intrusion detection systems with VdS certificate. 24 ml adhesive, 150 ml activator &UqK Fixing strip, dual lock, flexible pressure lock 27,90 The flexible pressure lock has been designed to fix and secure batteries in accordance with European standard EN 54 part 2 and VdS guidelines VdS 2540 (impact and vibration). 4 x 15 cm double strips 230

231 Installation Accessories Accessories Soldering connectors &T,H 2-pole soldering connector 2, pieces &T-K 3-pole soldering connector 2, pieces &T.N 4-pole soldering connector 2, pieces &T/Q 5-pole soldering connector 2, pieces &T0T 6-pole soldering connector 2, pieces

232 Installation Accessories Accessories Relays /19o Relay card 149,00 Module with 4 relays 250 V AC / 5 A and 2 slots for group relay card Current consumption at 12 V DC Contact load 45mA 250V AC / 5A (%on Group relay card 45,20 Plug-in card with four 24 V DC / 1 A relays for expanding the relay extension module. Can also be used in HB/MB48 and MB for expansion to additional 4 potential-free contact outputs. Current consumption at 12 V DC Contact load 16mA 24V DC / (1 changeover contact) Replacement spares for loudspeaker %@21 Replacement circuit for loudspeaker monitoring 12,20 2-pole plug option %@4 /13 Connection module for PCL 15,90 With 6 kohm resistor / 0 Ohm bridge

233 Installation Accessories Accessories Sealing material &T@ Sealing screws M4x6 7, pcs &T&6 Sealing caps 1, pieces &T'9 Press-in mandrel for sealing 23,

234 Housing Wall mounting housing Additional housing CH 1 109,00 &!I9 With screw-on cover and integrated cover contact. Material sheet steel 2mm, powder-coated Dimensions (W x H x D) 300x186x125mm Colour grey-white, similar to RAL Additional housing CH 2 204,00 &!OK With screw-on door and integrated cover contact. Material shett steel 2mm, powder-coated Dimensions (W x H x D) 350x300x152mm Colour grey-white, similar to RAL Additional housing CH ,50 &!RT With screw-on door and integrated cover contact. Material sheet steel 2mm, powder-coated Dimensions (W x H x D) #14 500x300x210mm Colour grey-white, similar to RAL Additional housing CH ,00 &!SW With screw-on door and integrated cover contact. Material sheet steel 2mm, powder-coated Dimensions (W x H x D) 500x300x260mm Colour grey-white, similar to RAL additional housing CH 4 628,00 &!Xf 12U, with lockable door and integrated cover contact. Material sheet steel 2mm, powder-coated Dimensions (W x H x D) 580x640x300mm Colour grey-white, similar to RAL

235 Housing Wall mounting housing additional housing CH ,00 &!Zl 1 21U, lockable door with Plexiglas window and integrated cover contact. Material sheet steel 2mm, powder-coated Dimensions (W x H x D) #14 600x1035x300mm Colour grey-white, similar to RAL additional housing CH 6.0.B 1.037,00 &"zg 21 U, lockable door with Plexiglas window and integrated cover contact. The housing base is designed for receiving the 1024-F mounting plate. Material sheet steel 2mm, powder-coated Dimensions (W x H x D) 600x1035x335mm Colour grey-white, similar to RAL additional housing CH13, sm 330,50 &" 10 6 U, can be extended with dummy plates, integrated cover contact. Material sheet steel 2mm, powder-coated Dimensions (W x H x D) 570x310x100mm Colour grey-white, similar to RAL additional housing CH 14, sm 392,50 &" 6 U, can be extended with dummy plates, integrated cover contact. Material sheet steel 2mm, powder-coated Dimensions (W x H x D) 570x440x120mm Colour grey-white, similar to RAL dummy unit / 3 U 73,30 "@44 19 With mounting accessories for 19 housings. Material sheet steel 2 mm, powder-coated Colour signal-grey, similar to RAL

236 Housing Wall mounting housing dummy unit / 6 U 105,50 "@31 With mounting accessories for 19 housings. Material sheet steel 2 mm, powder-coated Colour signal-grey, similar to RAL

237 Stand-alone solutions ACD ACC

238 Stand-alone solutions Overview stand alone control devices Overview stand alone control devices Stand alone control devices PIN-Code ACD Contactless ACC 50 ACCK 50 Item no VdS approval no. Z Z Class A A Door code, no. of digits 1 to 8 PIN, no. of digits 1 to 8 max. number codes 4 1 max. number of data carriers Door release time 3, 8,12, 20 sec. 3, 8,12, 20 sec. 3, 8,12, 20 sec. 3, 8,12, 20 sec. Door monitoring 0,10, 20, 40 sec. 0,10, 20, 40 sec. Power supply 3 x 1,5 V 3 x 1,5 V 12 V DC via 12 V DC via Mignon cell Mignon cell external power external power supply unit supply unit integrated reader prox1 prox1 prox1 contactless / contactless / contactless / proximity proximity proximity (Esser) (Esser) (Esser) Permanent release x x Time zones Connections Door strike 1 1 Alarm relay 1 1 Clock timer 1 1 Printer 1 1 Reader / keypad Legende: = nein / x = ja 238

239 Stand-alone solutions ACD #96 /21o ACD PIN code 349,00 1 Features Pincodes with 1 to 8 digits Max. 4 codes Permanent release is possible Z (AC) The ACD PIN code (ACD = Access Control Door) operates as an autonomous access control system in conjunction with a commercially available door lock. PIN codes can contain from 1 to 8 digits, freely selectable by the customer. Up to four PIN codes can be stored. Permanent release is also possible. The door lock continues to operate mechanically in the usual way. The door can be opened as normal from the inside with the handle at any time. The external handle is freewheeling and will not engage until a correct PIN code is entered. The door release time can be set at 3, 8, 12 or 20 seconds. The electronics ensure that the door can only be opened once during the release period. Power is supplied by 3 miniature batteries (type AA). An optical signal indicates when the batteries need to be replaced. Suitable for left-leaf or right-leaf doors. No approval for fire protection doors #95 /21l ACD Contactless 389,00 9 Features Control of up to 99 contactless ID cards Continuous access possible New: with improved mechanic Z (AC) The ACD contactless (ACD= Access Control Door) operates as an autonomous access control system in conjunction with a commercially available door lock. The ACD contactless controls up to 99 contactless ID cards. Access control rights can easily be changed using the associated programming card set. The door lock continues to operate mechanically in the usual way. The door can be opened as normal from the inside with the handle at any time. The external handle is freewheeling and will not engage until an authorised ID card has been read. The door release time can be set at 3, 8, 12 or 20 seconds. The electronics ensure that the door can only be opened once during the release period. Power is supplied by 3 miniature batteries (type AA). An optical signal indicates when the batteries need to be replaced. When ordering ID cards, please note that an extra three ID cards must be ordered - these make up the programming card set. Suitable for left-leaf or right-leaf doors. No approval for fire protection doors. All proximity ID cards and ID key fobs type prox1/ik2 listed in the chapter headed ID data carriers. (exception: LEGIC, mifare and IK3 cards/fobs) Please note that, compared with ID cards, the reading distance for ID key fobs is somewhat less

240 Stand-alone solutions ACC #`z /21T ACC ,00 Proximity reader with integrated memory for 99 cards/fobs. By connection of an externeal RS-232 printer time and date of an access attempt can be logged. Programming is easily set up through programming cards to be set up through the installer. By connection of an external timer clock different access functions can be realized (e.g. one cards has access 24 h, the other one only from 8.00 to 16.00) adapter socket included Features Door control with up to 99 proximity cards with external time control via timer Easy setup and commissioning Easy connection by ready-to-use 5 m cable Door strike control with integrated relay (24 V / 1A) Relay output for Alarm indication (24 V / 1 A) Input for door contact and egress button RS-232 printer connection for event logging Status display via 3 LEDs: - yellow = ready - green = door released - red = no admittance Time zone input Door release and door supervision time adjustable Design example ACC 50 Accessories Programming card set for ACCK 50 The programming card set is generated through the installer. Please remember while card ordering, that 6 extra cards are required Proximity card, clear Proximity card, printed Power supply 12 V DC / 500 ma 240

241 Stand-alone solutions ACC #`u /21E ACCK ,00 1 Features Access control criteria 1: Card and code Access control criteria 2: Card only Door control with up to 99 proximity cards with external time control via timer Easy setup and commissioning Easy connection by ready-to-use 5 m cable Door strike control with integrated relay (24 V / 1A) Relay output for Alarm indication (24 V / 1 A) Input for door contact and egress button RS-232 printer connection for event logging Status display via 3 LEDs: - yellow = ready - green = door released - red = no admittance Time zone input Door release and door supervision time adjustable Proximity reader with integrated memory for 99 cards/fobs. Same as ACC 50 but with keypad for code input. By connection of an externeal RS-232 printer time and date of an access attempt can be logged. Programming is easily set up through programming cards to be set up through the installer. By connection of an external timer clock different access functions can be realized (e.g. one cards has access 24 h, the other one only from 8.00 to 16.00) adapter socket included Design example ACCK 50 Accessories Programming card set for ACCK 50 The programming card set is generated through the installer. Please remember while card ordering, that 6 extra cards are required Proximity card, clear Proximity card, printed Power supply 12 V DC / 500 ma

242 Notes 242

243 Network Access Controllers ACT ACS-2 plus ACS

244 Networked Systems ACT ACT Features Ring buffer for 2,000 events Slot for RS 485 interface (5-wire) for connection to interface converter RS 232 interface for connecting a notebook (stand- alone solution) Connection for an external reader (magnetic, chip card or contactless readers) The ACT includes the following connections: 1 reader with LED display and 2-wire keypad 1 door strike relay 1 alarm relay 1 door strike button 1 door monitoring contact 1 to 300 persons door release with 1) only card; 2) only PIN code; 3) card and PIN code; 4) card or PIN code 4 access authorisations per person; time; day and door indication programming with MulitAccess Lite or IQ Multi- Access PC software without interface Accessories RS wire interface Ethernet interface (AutoSense, 10/100 MBit/s) Interface converter PC adapter cable Connection cable Reader converter board #^" /21} Access Control Terminal (ACT) 385,00 Z Class A For 230V AC power supply. Rated operating voltage 230V AC Operating voltage range 230V AC -15% to +10% Mains frequency 50Hz Output voltage 10V DC to 15V DC Power consumption 10VA Maximum current drawing external user 300mA Device with fuse protection primary 100mAT, 250V Device with fuse protection secondary 1AT, 250V Dimensions (W x H x D) 201x147x51mm #! #^! /2 Access Control Terminal (ACT) 330,00 Z Class A For 12V DC power supply. Rated operating voltage Operating voltage range Output voltage Power consumption Device with fuse protection Dimensions (W x D x H) 12V DC 10V DC to 15V DC 0.7V < connection voltage at least 0.9VA 1AT, 250V 201x147x51mm Accessories #^+V Software-Upgrade for ACT, 300 to 800 persons 49,00 Memory extension option from 300 to 800 persons by means of firmware update (EPROM replacement). for older versions of the ACT:

245 Networked Systems ACT Planning Examples ACT 1 Planning Examples ACT

246 Networked Systems ACS-2 plus ACS-2 plus 2-door-controller Features Intelligent access control panel for 2 doors Upgradeable programme memory Dynamic memory management Battery buffered memory (0.5 MB, possible expansion to 3.5 MB) Approx. 65,500 (maximum) ID cards* Approx. 512 (maximum) room/time zone* Holiday calendar Entry buffer for a maximum of events* Clock with date and automatic daylight saving time adjustment 2 readers with Clock/Data interface 2 keypads with 2-wire interface 4 relay outputs (e.g.: door strike, flash light, etc.) 3 semiconductor outputs (e.g.: hold-up, WatchDog, etc.) 4 digital inputs (e.g.: door strike key, monitoring contact, etc.) 8 rate-of-rise detector zones (e.g.: magnetic contact, glass breakage sensor, etc.) Built-in tamper switch RS 485 interface or Ethernet 10/100 Mbit/s Variable time settings for door release, monitoring and alarm Automatic function control via time zones (e.g. door release, etc) Special relay function for real time release control for connecting rescue routes Supports analog modem and ISDN terminal adapters Direct modem connection without additional card Flexible event management via inputs and relays Macro management (intruder alarm, lift control, etc.) Anti passback Compact housing with built-in power supply unit *Values may vary depending on the respective memory expansion and parameterisation of dynamic memory management systems. The ACS-2 plus is an intelligent two-door access control panel. Two doors or one door with ingress and egress readers can be conventionally connected. The complete Firmware software package can be upgraded. This makes time consuming EPROM replacements unnecessary when expanding software functions. Programme expansions or other expansions can be installed on the control panel. During online operation, a maximum of 8 ACS-2 plus devices can be operated via an interface converter while 32 ACS-2 plus devices can be operated when using a BUS controller. Access control rights are configured and managed via IQ MultiAccess or MultiAccess Lite. ACS-2 plus contains all decision-making rights for door release and control functions. The system can be extended to a maximum of 999 doors when using BUS controllers or when connected to the ethernet network. Basic housing with main board Screw terminal connection for peripheral modules Connection for two Clock/Data readers Connections for two 2-wire keypads Connections for host interface Accessories Reader-Converter-PCB, Clock/Data Battery 12V / 1.9Ah capacity RS 232 host interface RS485 interface (5 wire and 3 wire) Ethernet interface 10/100 Mbit/s MB RAM memory card MB RAM memory card MB RAM memory card #bpf ACS-2 plus, 230V AC, without interface 900, #bqi ACS-2 plus, 12V DC, without interface 870,

247 Networked Systems ACS-2 plus Memory extensions #b + 1 MB RAM memory card for ACS-8 / ACS-2 plus 399,00 2 This memory board increases the internal memory of the ACS-2 and ACS-8 from 512 kb to 1.5 MB. ACS-2 and ACS-8 feature a dynamic memory allocation management. To calculate the necessary memory a spreadsheet calculation needs to be done (see manual) #b. 2 MB RAM memory card for ACS-8 / ACS-2 plus 499,00 7 This memory board increases the internal memory of the ACS-2 and ACS-8 from 512 kb to 2.5 MB. ACS-2 and ACS-8 feature a dynamic memory allocation management. To calculate the necessary memory a spreadsheet calculation needs to be done (see manual) #b 1 3 MB RAM memory card for ACS-8 / ACS-2 plus 699, This memory board increases the internal memory of the ACS-2 and ACS-8 from 512 kb to 3.5 MB. ACS-2 and ACS-8 feature a dynamic memory allocation management. To calculate the necessary memory a spreadsheet calculation needs to be done (see manual)

248 Networked Systems ACS-2 plus 248

249 Networked Systems ACS-2 plus

250 Networked Systems ACS-8 Basic unit Features Intelligent access control terminal for 2 doors (expandable to a maximum of 8 doors via RS 485 module bus) Memory: Upgradeable program memory Dynamic memory managment Battery-buffered memory (0,5 MB, expandable up to 3,5 MB) Maximum of approx. 65,500 identity cards* Maximumof approx. 512 room/time zones* Bank holiday and holiday calendar Entry buffer for maximum of 65,000 events* Special functions: Clock with date and automatic summer/winter time switching Variable door lock release, monitoring and alarm times Automatic function control via time zones (e.g.: door lock release etc.) Special relay function for real-time release for escape door systems RS 485 module bus (optional) Flexible power supply unit configuration, depending on power requirement 12V DC emergency power supply, depending on power supply unit configuration and power requirement VdS approval Supports analog modems and ISDN terminal adapters Direct modem connection The figures depend on the memory expansion and the dynamic memory management. Connections: 2 readers with clock/data interface 2 keypads with 2-wire interface 4 relay outputs (e.g.: door strike, flash light, etc.) 3 semiconductor outputs (e.g.: hold-up, WatchDog, etc.) 4 digital inputs (e.g.: door strike key, monitoring contact etc.) 8 differential detector zones (e.g.: magnetic contact, glass break sensor etc.) Integrated tamper contact Optional host interfaces (RC 485, RS 232, 100Mbit/s Fast Ethernet) New: comfortable flexible event control via input/ output moduls macro control (IDS, elevator control, etc.) 4 doors can be connected directly Accessories Z Class C ACS-8 is a completely new development that takes the tried-and-tested functionality of the ACS-1 access control system to even higher levels. The system is modular in design and highly self-contained. One particularly outstanding performance feature is the flexible and optional installation technology. Normally up to two separate doors or one door with interior and exterior reader can be connected. Via the communcation module, expansion to a maximum of 8 doors is possible with the wire -saving RS 485 bus technology. 2 controllable RS 485 interface drivers are included as standard in one communication module. The entire firmware can be upgraded. Time-consuming changing of EPROMS for function expansion is now a thing of the past. New program sections and expansions can be incorporated into the panels via IQ MultiAccess. In online operation, up to 32 ACS-8 units can be operated via one bus controller. The access control rights are set up and managed via IQ MultiAccess. The ACS-8 contains the authorization rights for door lock release and control. Thanks to optional equipping with an Ethernet card ( ), the terminals can be integrated directly into existing Ethernet networks (LANs). By using several bus controllers, or in the in the Ethernet network, the number of doors can be expanded to a maximum of 999. The following compodnents can be connected to the communication module: RS 485 contactless reader RS 485 Legic reader RS 485 mifare reader RS 485 finger key reader RS 485 keypad RS 485 door module, 12V version /230V version RS 485 input module RS 485 output module RS 485 input / output module (RIO) Direct connection to intruder detection system can be carried out using the input / output modules. Standard housing with main board Peripheral connection via screw terminals Connections for two clock/data readers Connections for two 2-wire keypads Slot for host interface Slot for communication module RS wire interface without galvanic isolation RS wire interface with galvanic isolation Asynchronous RS 232 host interface Current loop interface Fast Ethernet host interface MB RAM memory card MB RAM memory card MB RAM memory card Communication module Reader-Converter-PCB, Clock/Data 250

251 Networked Systems ACS #bqb ACS-8 Basic System, 12V DC 1.600,00 1 Rated operating voltage 12V DC Operating voltage range 10V DC to 15V DC Current consumption without periphery max. 150mA Operating temperature range -5 C to 55 C Storage temperature range -25 C to 70 C Environmental class as per VdS II Colour grey-white,similar to RAL 9002 Housing sheet steel Dimensions (W x H x D) 250 x 210 x 100mm #bvq ACS-8 Basic System, 230V AC 1.800,00 6 As 12 V version. Z Class C Rated operating voltage 230V AC Operating voltage range 230V AC -15% +10% Continuous current consumption 1.4A Battery box 1 x (35Ah) or 2 x (2.0Ah) Housing sheet steel Dimensions (W x H x D) 350 x 280 x 100mm Contains power supply / charger unit #bls ACS-8 Basic System for optional fitted power supply unit 1.700,00 Z Klasse C As 230V version. Depending on the power requirement, one of the following power supply/charger units can be used: = 80Ah/continuous current consumption: 3.5A = 130Ah/continuous current consumption: 5.0A Rated operating voltage 12DC Operating voltage range 10V DC to 15V DC Current consumption without periphery max. 150mA Operating temperature range -5 C to 55 C Storage temperature range -25 C to 70 C Environmental class as per VdS II Colour grey white, similar to RAL 9002 Housing sheet steel Dimensions (W x H x D) 350 x 280 x 100mm The choice of power supply/charger unit is dependent on the consumers connected

252 Networked Systems ACS-8 Memory extensions #b + 1 MB RAM memory card for ACS-8 / ACS-2 plus 399,00 This memory board increases the internal memory of the ACS-2 and ACS-8 from 512 kb to 1.5 MB. ACS-2 and ACS-8 feature a dynamic memory allocation management. To calculate the necessary memory a spreadsheet calculation needs to be done (see manual) #b. 2 MB RAM memory card for ACS-8 / ACS-2 plus 499,00 This memory board increases the internal memory of the ACS-2 and ACS-8 from 512 kb to 2.5 MB. ACS-2 and ACS-8 feature a dynamic memory allocation management. To calculate the necessary memory a spreadsheet calculation needs to be done (see manual) #b 1 3 MB RAM memory card for ACS-8 / ACS-2 plus 699,00 This memory board increases the internal memory of the ACS-2 and ACS-8 from 512 kb to 3.5 MB. ACS-2 and ACS-8 feature a dynamic memory allocation management. To calculate the necessary memory a spreadsheet calculation needs to be done (see manual). Field Bus Expansion #bxw Communication module 482,00 The ACS-8 communicates with the connected RS 485 devices via the communication module. As standard feature, two separate RS 485 interface drivers are integrated in the communication module. A maximum of up to 32 devices can be managed simultaneousley. For each ACS-8, up to 2 communication modules can be used. This gives a maximum of 4 separate RS 485 bus systems including up to 8 spurs. This allows even the most complex topologies to be generated. Current consumption max. 150mA 252

253 Networked Systems ACS-8 RS 485 Bus Modules 1 For bus readers, keypads and displays see chapter headed Readers, keypads, displays #b{ Input module, RS ,00 3 Digital inputs Current consumption Operating voltage range Dimensions (W x H x D) 4 x electrically isolated max. 140mA 9V DC to 15V DC 118 x 118 x 30mm Features Connectors: 4 digital inputs, optically isolated #b Output module, RS ,00 9 Relays Current consumption Operating voltage range Dimensions (W x H x D) 4 x 24V DC/1A max. 250mA 9.5V DC to 15V DC 118 x 118 x 30mm Features Connectors: 4 relays 24 V DC / 1A #b} Input/output module (RIO), RS , Differential inputs Digital inputs Relays Current consumption Dimensions (W x H x D) Operating voltage range 2 x clearable 2 x electrically isolated 2 x 24V DC/2A max. 230mA 118 x 118 x 30mm 9.5V DC to 15V DC Features Connectors: 2 differential inputs, resetable 2 digital inputs, optically isolated 2 relay outputs 24V DC / 2A

254 Networked Systems ACS #b ( Electrical isolation module, RS ,00 A maximum of 4 modules which do not have their own electrically isolated RS 485 bus can be connected to the module. This is recommended when using external power supply units. The following modules can be connected: and all readers and keypads with RS 485. Current consumption Dimensions (W x H x D) Operating voltage range max. 140mA 118 x 118 x 30mm 10V DC to 15V DC Features Connectors: Control line #b~" Door Controller, 12V DC, RS ,00 The complete door peripheral is wired to the door module. The door module is a user on the module bus and communicates via an integrated RS 485 interface with the ACS-8. The ACS-8 contains the access control rights and makes the decisions. With MAfW one Door Controller can control only one door. With IQ MultiAccess (from V3 on) one Door Controller can control one or two doors. Features Connectors: two Clock/Data readers two 2-wire keypads release contact for 1 or 2 doors bolt switching contact, clearable exit button for 1 or 2 doors monitoring contact for 1 or 2 doors door relay for 1 or 2 doors one alarm relay one tamper relay Rated operating voltage 12V DC Operating voltage range 10V to 15V DC Current consumption (no-load) w/o ext. users 200mA Operating temperature range -5 C to 55 C Storage temperature range -25 C to 70 C Environmental class as per VdS II Colour grey-white, similar to RAL 9002 Housing plastic Dimensions (W x H x D) 250 x 210 x 100mm If with IQ MultiAccess (from V3 on) 2 doors are controlled by the Door Controller, the freely usable inputs and outputs are reduced #b % Door Controller, 230V AC, RS ,00 please refer to (except power supply) Features Connectors: refer to In addition: space for battery Rated operating voltage 230V AC Operating voltage range 230V AC -15% to +10% Current consumption (no-load) w/o ext. users 65mA Operating temperature range -5 C to 55 C Storage temperature range -25 C to 70 C Environmental class as per VdS II Colour grey-white, similar RAL 9002 Dimensions (W x H x D) 250 x 210 x 100mm Battery box 1 x (2.0 Ah) If with IQ MultiAccess (from V3 on) 2 doors are controlled by the Door Controller, the freely usable inputs and outputs are reduced. Power supply unit with battery charging circuit 254

255 Networked Systems ACS-8 Examples of project planning ACS

256 Networked Systems ACS-8 Examples of project planning ACS

257 Networked Systems ACS-8 Examples of project planning ACS

258 Networked Systems ACS-8 Examples of project planning ACS

259 Networked Systems ACS-8 Examples of project planning ACS

260 Networked Systems ACS-8 Examples of project planning ACS

261 Networked Systems ACS-8 Examples of project planning ACS

262 Networked Systems ACS-8 Examples of project planning ACS

263 Software for Access Control Systems MultiAccess Lite IQ MultiAccess

264 Software MultiAccess Lite Software #g*e MultiAccess Lite Demo Version 25,00 The demo version allows unrestricted use of the MultiAccess Lite software package for four weeks. After a lapse of four weeks, the COM-ports for connecting peripheral devices are blocked while other functions remain active as demo versions. Due to the licensed basic system (part no ), the demo version can be expanded to a timely unlimited Lite version #g,k Upgrade from EnterpriceAccess 2000 to MultiAccess Lite 398,00 Upgrade EnterpriseAccess 2000 to MultiAccess Lite PC requirements as MultiAccess Lite

265 Software MultiAccess Lite #g+h MultiAccess Lite 798,00 1 Features aximum 32 doors maximum 800 persons Terminals maximum 16 terminals: - up to 16 ACT (for controlling one door at each terminal) - up to 16 ACS-2 plus (for controlling one or two doors at each terminal) - ACT and ACS-2 plus can be optionally com bined; plus one reading station Connections COM 1-16 direct / RS 232 (3-wire, DIN protocol) interface converter / RS 485 (5-wire, DIN protocol) Ethernet (TCP / IP) any combinations Access authorisation general authorisation (for each person / ID can be individually defined) time and person related door authorisation (individual or group related allocation) - for each door can be defined: - only card - only door code - door code and card - door code or card - only PIN code - PIN code and card - PIN code or card - permanently locked - permanently open MultiAccess Lite is our new access control software development for entry-level or small to mid-size objects with a relatively small number of additional requirements. MultiAccess Lite is a simple, clearly arranged, mainly self explanatory, interactive programme Everything at one glance: All important functions and information is displayed on one screen page. Total simplicity: All complex functions, which are rarely used, have been eliminated to keep it as simple as possible. PC - requirements Fit for the future: An upgrade to the full version of IQ MultiAccess that might be required in the future, can be made while transferring all data from MultiAccess Lite to IQ MultiAccess. All types of currently available readers such as contactless, LEGIC and mifare readers can be connected

266 Software MultiAccess Lite 266

267 Software IQ MultiAccess IQ MultiAccess is a completely new development and is based on a genuine Client/Server (3-Tier) architecture having a high-speed database connection. This makes the AC system fully scalable, thus being virtually no longer subject to any restrictions with respect to the number of persons, doors, areas, time zones, workstations. The server redundancy and RAID systems give very high availability of the AC system. All data is transmitted with internal encryption and critical data is also stored in encrypted form. The server can be operated in Windows operating systems as well as under Linux. With the incorporation of IQ NetEdit, the hardware management was significantly upgraded, allowing to connect, apart from legacy controller ACS-1, also all current ones (ACT, ACS-2 plus, ACS-8) and all TRS time recording terminals as well as the MB-100 intrusion detection family (MB24, MB48, MB100). The database system used is a free-of-charge SQL database, which is part of the standard package and is installed automatically. To connect existing SQL database systems (Oracle, IBM-DB2, MS-SQL server), the professional package is used. This requires familiarity with relational database management systems. IQ MultiAccess supports database partitioning, that is: a) several companies can share one system within one building ( multi-tennant system with separate staff data management, although, for example, the entrance area is used by all firms). This results in economic advantages, since several firms can share the purchase of one system. b) one company can use a system comprising several subsystems at several locations ( multi-location system ), with locally responsible site managers. Exactly specified write and read-only rights can be assigned to individual users by means of detailed access protection via passwords. In addition, the log file will save all system programmings. This increases the security of the system against misuse. A user interface designed according to the most advanced ergonomic aspects allows you to become very quickly familiar with the system. It is possible to work simultaneously in several tabbed windows, but important system messages are always in view. Data are quickly selected via tree structures and lists, and an extensive staff master record including photo, signature and freely definable fields increases flexibility. The access rights of the employees are entered and managed via drag n draw graphics or numerically. Comprehensive logging allows short image sequences to be recorded and replayed upon activating a webcam ( guard module ). To filter, sort and group is done very quickly via drag n drop, and the reporting tool has been extended considerably. Thus, outputs as Excel, Text, HTML and XML files are now also possible. All important access control functions from MultiAccess for Windows have been incorporated and extended or optimised: For example, the anti-passback control can now also be done globally via the server, if desired. The 4-eye principle (2-man rule) is now being offered with more flexibility. The integration of IQ MultiAccess into other systems, such as Time & Attendance Systems, Intruder Alarm Systems, Biometric Systems, Video Systems can now be carried out seamlessly via defined interfaces. An upgrade of existing systems (MultiAccess for Windows, EnterpriseAccess, Multi-Access Lite) is done with suitable packages. The licensing is now done in packages with fixed number of employees. It can then be extended step by step at any time

268 Software IQ MultiAccess IQ MultiAccess standard package 268

269 Software IQ MultiAccess IQ MultiAcess (basic package) 1 Features System Description: Runs under Windows 2000, XP, Server 2003 for server or client Linux for server available Full featured client/server system for Total Security data management and high availability The basic version allows an unlimited number of: - workstations - controller groups - doors - ID groups - departments, cost centres, work groups Each site / location accepts: card holders doors room time zones Connections: Access Controller connection via RS232, RS485, Ethernet, RDT also to multiple remote workstations, with option also via IGIS-Loop Supports all currently available access control units (ACS-1, ACT, ACS-2 plus, ACS-8) RDT compatible Connection to biometric systems WINMAG connection Automatic scan of connected hardware Flexible controller programming (only ACS-2 plus /ACS-8) via macros predefined customized Connection of MB24 / MB48 / MB100 for arming/disarming, macro control and access authorisation Connection of Read-In Stations Connection of key depot Security: Encrypted data communication and storage Upgrades: possible from the following products: - MultiAccess for Windows - MultiAccess Lite - EnterpriseAccess basic package contains freeware SQL database Firebird - replaces MultiAccess for Windows - compatible for multiple users/sites (the basic version contains a single-site licence, see ), the number of sites is not restricted - detailed logging data for all events - online help - simple, self-explanatory installation - CDROM version Integration: Data exchange tool to import / export data from or to other 3rd party systems (e.g. Time & Attendance Systems) Connection to 3rd party biometric systems (via ACS-8) Connection to WINMAG plus and WINMAG Lite to display building grafics and supervise alarms Full integration of ID card management system (demo license included) Direct and seamless integration with Intruder Alarm, Escape Door Technology and Time Recording Integration with Fire Detection, CCTV and Building Management via WINMAG Special functions: New clearly structured and ergonomic user interface for easy orientation and user-friendly operation Structuring, filtering and arranging lists WYSIWYG-printouts from all lists Export to xls, txt, htm or xml files Date related ID validation Definition of visitors badges Public holiday calendar, programmable with new formula editor 4-eyes-principle Authorisation control through user IDs with individual passwords and rights optional anonymous events (no relation to a person) for privacy protection optional auto delete of events after... days or after file is larger than... GB Certified for installation in banks Integrated Visitor Management The image of the staff member who claims access can be compared to the image stored in the database (see ) ID card management system can be integrated (foto capture, card design, badge production, card programming) easy report and list generator with drag n drop function, can be saved as profile Mustering Option: Data Partitioning (segmentation) for multi-tennant or large multi-site systems (see ) Anti passback, barring of repeated entry, reporting procedure, Software Tableau (see ) Import/export tool for personnel master data import from or export to other systems Image Comparison of life images with database pictures (see ) Card and form management (see ) Integration of Intruder Alarm Panels MB 24/48/100 series (see ) Integration of Digital Locking Cylinders and Door Fittings (escutcheons) (see )

270 Software IQ MultiAccess 270

271 Software IQ MultiAccess

272 Software IQ MultiAccess Basis versions Basic package incl. Firebird database - shipment with CD ROM - Online help - comprehensive manual # " Basic Version - IQ Multi Access for 300 ID-cards 1.500, # # Basic Version - IQ MultiAccess for 500 ID-cards 1.900, # $ Basic Version - IQ MultiAccess for 800 ID-cards 2.500, # %# Basic Version - IQ MultiAccess for 1,000 ID-cards 3.200, # && Basic Version - IQ MultiAccess for 1,500 ID-cards 4.000, # ') Basic Version - IQ MultiAccess for 2,000 ID-cards 4.900, # (, Basic Version. - IQ MultiAccess for 3,000 ID-cards 5.900, # )/ Basic Version - IQ MultiAccess for 5,000 ID-cards 7.000, # *2 Basic Version - IQ MultiAccess over 7,500 ID-cards 8.700, # +5 Basic Version - IQ MultiAccess for 10,000 ID-cards , # O: Basic Version - IQ MultiAccess, > 10,000 ID-cards , #!~ IQ MultiAccess Demo Version 100,00 For demonstration and testing: - Max. 10 ID cards - Communication with the access control central is possible max. 500 days after installation - Only available as standard package (installation with included SQL database) - No options (several locations, antipassback, guard module, badging) available - simple update to fully functional version (standard or professional package) possible 272

273 Software IQ MultiAccess IQ MultiAccess Professional Package 1 Features see IQ MultiAccess Basic package Professional package for data storage in standard Relational Database Management Systems (RDBMS), compatible with the following SQL databases: - Microsoft SQL Server - Oracle - IBM DB/2 - other database management systems on request - CD ROM - Online help - comprehensive manual Professional Package - IQ MultiAccess, 300 cards, prep. f. SQL databases 2.000, # Aw Professional Package - IQ MultiAccess, 500 cards, prep. f. SQL databases 2.400, # Bz Professional Package - IQ MultiAccess, 800 cards, prep. f. SQL databases 2.900, # C} Professional Package - IQ MultiAccess, 1,000 cards, prep. f. SQL databases 3.600, # D Professional Package - IQ MultiAccess, 1,500 cards, prep. f. SQL databases 4.400, # E Professional Package - IQ MultiAccess, 2,000 cards, prep. f. SQL databases 5.400, # F Professional Package - IQ MultiAccess, 3,000 cards, prep. f. SQL databases 6.300, # G" Professional Package - IQ MultiAccess, 5,000 cards, prep. f. SQL databases 7.400, # H% Professional Package - IQ MultiAccess, 7,500 cards, prep. f. SQL datab , # I( Professional Package - IQ MultiAccess, 10,000 cards, prep. f. SQL ,00 datab # P= Professional Package - IQ MultiAccess, > 10,000 cards ,

274 Software IQ MultiAccess IQ MultiAccess Database Expansion IQ MultiAccess licence upgrade - configurations are maintained - data transfer - for basic and professional package - can be carried out any time / subsequently - simple implementation via single licence file #,8 Database Expansion - IQ MultiAccess from 300 to 500 ID-cards 400, # -; Database Expansion - IQ MulitAccess from 500 to 800 ID-cards 600, #.> Database Expansion - IQ MultiAccess from 800 to 1,000 ID-cards 700, # /A Database Expansion - IQ MultiAccess from 1,000 to 1,500 ID-cards 800, # 0D Database Expansion - IQ MultiAccess from 1,500 to 2,000 ID-cards 900, # 1G Database Expansion - IQ MultiAccess from 2,000 to 3,000 ID-cards 1.000, # 2J Database Expansion - IQ MultiAccess from 3,000 to 5,000 ID-cards1.100, # 3M Database Expansion - IQ MultiAccess 5,000 to 7,500 ID-cards 1.700, # 4P Database Expansion - IQ MultiAccess 7,500 to 10,000 ID-cards 1.800, # 5S Database Expansion - IQ MultiAccess > 10,000 ID-cards 3.500,00 IQ MultiAccess Options # 6V Option Database Partitioning 1.000,00 IQ MultiAccess upgrade package set up multiple locations (only one location can be set up when using the basic version) - the package allows - multi tennant processing, several companies in one building can share one access control system - multiple location setting, for large companies for many locations with local responsible security managers - general settings can be maintained - all data is conserved - for basic and professional package - subsequent upgrade possible - easy implementation via single licence file

275 Software IQ MultiAccess Multi-tennant option, Multi-location option

276 Software IQ MultiAccess # 7Y Option Anti-Passback, Balancing, Barring Repeated Entry 1.200,00 Upgrade package IQ MultiAccess If the server is permanently active, all functions can be upgraded globally for all connected doors. Antipassback (APB) control on basis of access controller, bus controller, global (via server). Barring of repeated entry (BRE) on basis of access controller, global (via server). Event control function (e.g. building automation control when the last person has left the building) based on processed reports registering present and absent people within the respective zone. NEW (as of V07): - virtual PC tableau gives quick overview of the zones and the present persons - general settings can be maintained - all data is conserved - for basic and professional package - subsequent upgrade possible - easy implementation via single licence file Area tableau Zone A Zone B Zone C APB: Zone A Zone B Zone A Zone B Zone C Zone C BRE: Zone A Zone B + Zone A Zone B Function chart 276

277 Software IQ MultiAccess # 9_ Option Life Image Comparison 1.000,00 IQ MultiAccess upgrade package - automated comparison of recorded photo and person entering the building - special module geared to suit the desk officer s tasks - person entering the building is recorded by live camera (webcam or similar) camera is not included - general settings can be maintained - all data is conserved - for basic and professional package - subsequent upgrade possible - easy implementation via single licence file Area tableau # :b Option card and form management for IQ MultiAccess IQ MultiAccess upgrade package (from V7 on): 1.000, foto capture from USB and web cams - easy camera control directly from IQ MultiAccess - creation of card and form layout - with integration of fotos and logos - print of employee and visitor cards - print of forms for employee instructions and visitor slip - on card printers and standard printers Function chart 277

278 Software IQ MultiAccess IQ VPS - Card Management and Production 3rd Party licence for IQ MultiAccess IQ VPS card personalization and production. IQ VPS is a professional system for image capture, card layout and personalization. A modular structure enables an optional adaption of the features to the customer s requirements. IQ VPS is completely integrated into IQ MultiAccess. The individual modules are licensed directly by vps ID System GmbH. Via that company, also different camera systems as well as card printers and card coding devices can be obtained. They also provide a technical support. IQ VPS must be licensed by: vps ID System GmbH Carl-Zeiss-Straße Ettlingen Phone +49 (0)7243 / Fax +49 (0)7243 / The license must be ordered there directly. IQ MultiAccess includes a demo version. By now there are 4 modules available for licensing: a) Module 1 (ID Capture X) Capture, display and storage of high-quality passport-photographs and signatures with automatical image enhancement and color correction. b) Module 2 (ID Print X) Print of ID cards. c) Module 3 (ID Code X) Coding of ID cards using LEGIC and mifare technology via a separate or in the printer integrated coding device. d) Module 4 (Card Designer) Creating of card layouts including image, signature, logos, colored areas, lines and texts on front and backside

279 Betrieb Stšrung Sabotage Software IQ MultiAccess # ;e Option Intruder Alarm Integration 1.000,00 1 IQ MultiAccess IQ MultiAccess upgrade package for MB integration - Management of additional MB-100, MB-24 and MB-48 (from V9 on) by IQ MultiAccess - Administration of user and access rights - Extensive analysis of alarms & events from IQ MultiAccess database - Bidirectional data exchange between IQ MultiAccess and Intruder Panels (e. g. week plans and identkey authorisations like persons, badges and authorisation for access and arming/disarming). The IACP transmitts events as bookings to IQ MultiAccess - By this, the MB-central unit allows a restricted AC functionality - For full AC functionality, an ACS-2/8 is required - Ask our support specialists for help planning your individual integrated IACP and AC-system - Available from IQ MultiAccess V6 on Transfer from IACP to IQMA first time on installation: Connected hardware via scan Control panel texts Master file data in running operation: AC relevant entries of the IACP event log can be evaluated as bookings in IQMA Connection via LAN, RDT (ISDN / analogue), IACP also via IGIS-LOOP or serial RS-485 to further doors Transfer from IQMA to IACP Numbers of data carriers Authorizations PINs Room/timezones BUS2 to further modules ACS-8 14 Door module Ident-Key 3 Door Controller Function chart

280 Software IQ MultiAccess # <h Option Integration of DLC locking cylinders and DLE door fittings 1.000,00 IQ MultiAccess upgrade package (from V7 on): Function chart - Offline management of electronic cylinders and escutcheons (door fittings) - for DLC cylinders with prox, Hitag, mifare and Legic technology - for DLF door fittings with prox, Hitag, mifare and Legic technology - data synchronisation via Palm handheld - door list on Palm indicates which doors are already programmed - indication of tamper efforts and battery charge status - programming with room time zones in IQ MultiAccess - simple long-term release (e.g. during office time) PC software IQ MultiAccess for capture of access authorizations and evaluation of bookings. PC software IQ Cylinder is responsible for data exchange between IQ Multi- Access and the PDA (USB) Data exchange between PDA and door cylinders / door fittings via infrared interface Data collected / modified in IQ MultiAccess are internally handed over to the program section IQ Cylinder. 2. Synchronizing the PDA with these data via the HotSync function of the PDA connected to USB interface. 3. Via an infrared interface, the PDA sends the data from IQ MultiAccess / IQ Cylinder to the individual cylinders. 4. If any bookings have already been done at the cylinder, they automatically will be sent to the PDA. 5. Bookings received from the cylinders will be transferred to the program section IQ Cylinder via HotSync function (USB) 6. Internal data transfer from IQ Cylinder to IQ MultiAccess for evaluation

281 Software IQ MultiAccess IQ MultiAccess upgrades # J+ Upgrade from MAfW V7.1 to IQ MultiAccess 800,00 - automated upgrading - use of personal master records stored in MultiAccess für Windows V7.1 - recorded data for access control panels and doors is transferred - option packages for MultiAccess für Windows are maintained - upgrade to the same or next-level number of persons - for upgrades to basic or professional package - upgrades for earlier MultiAccess for Windows V7.1 to V7.1 versions must be carried out beforehands # K. Upgrade from MultiAccess Lite to IQ MultiAccess 1.800,00 - automated upgrading - use of personal master records stored in MultiAccess Lite - recorded data for access control panels and doors is transferred - upgrade to 800 persons - for upgrades to basic or professional package # L1 Upgrade IQ SystemControl to IQ MultiAccess 2.380, Upgrade to 500 persons - For update to basic and professional package - Futher use of all connected intruder alarm control panels to be extended with access control controllers and door elemnts # N7 Upgrade IQ MultiAccess to latest version 0,00 - automated upgrading - selected SQL database is maintained - use of stored personal master records - recorded data for access control panels and doors is transferred - option packages are maintained - upgrade to the same number of people - for upgrades to basic or professional package

282 Notes 282

283 Network components Bus controller Interface converter

284 Network components Bus controller Buscontroller #e0 /21N External bus controller 1.516,00 The Bus controller controls the communication between PC and connected devices The three slots (1 input from host, 2 outputs to devices) in the bus controller can be used for connecting an RS 485 (Bus) or RS 232 (host) interface or a current loop (Bus) or Ethernet (host) interface. PC connection cable pin plug and terminals are not included. Features Up to 30 slave controllers or 32 bus devices (single mode) can be operated Zone change control is possible DIP switch for setting master / slave / single mode One free slot for a host interface (1,200 38,400 Baud) 2 free slots for interfaces to connect bus devices RS 485 / Current Loop Autonomous intelligence through micro processor Independent of hardware components Integrated power supply unit Emergency power supply option Ethernet operation is also configurable Accessories Asynchronous RS 232 host interface RS wire interface, w/o electrical isolation RS wire interface, with electrical isolation wire current loop interface Fast Ethernet interface(autosense, 10/100 Mbit/s) V lithium battery V DC/ 1.2Ah capacity storage battery 284

285 Network components Bus controller Accessories - bus controller #b\# EPROM update, external bus controller 66,10 2 The EPROM update upgrades the software version of the #e+ /21? Connection cable for linking PC and external bus controller 68,50 Suitable for item no xx with RS 232 interface. Connection plug Length 25-pole/jack - 9-pole/jack 2m #e, /21B Connection cable for linking PC and external bus controller 68,50 Suitable for item no xx with RS 232 interface Connection plug Length 9-pole/jack - 9-pole/jack 2m #e/ /21K Connection cable for linking modem and external bus controller 68,50 15 Suitable for item no xx with RS 232 interface. Connection cable for linking external bus controller (9-pole) and remote modem (25-pole). 16 Connection cable Length 25-pole/plug - 9-pole/jack 2m

286 Network components Interface converter Interface converter Interface converter 492,00 #e2 /14c This interface converter is equipped with one RS 232 interface connection on the input and two RS 485 interface connections wired in parallel (option between three-wire and five-wire) on the output. In addition, it is provided with a power supply unit (built into the RS 485 plug output) with 12V / 0.8A DC connection cable is not supplied 9-pole and jacks are not included. Accessories - interface converter and ACT #e*a Connection cable for linking PC and interface converter 66,20 Cable used for connecting a PC with a interface converter or an ACS-8 for hardware setups. Connection plug Length 9-pole/jack - 9-pole/jack 2m #^*S PC adapter cable RS 232/9-pole-sub-D 65,60 With three-pole plug connector for directly linking PC and ACT control unit. Length approx. 2m 286

287 Network components Interface converter Interfaces 1 The interfaces listed are designed for in-house operation. The line length of the electrically isolated RS 485 interface is a maximum of 1,200 m. The RS 232 interface supports a maximum of 15 m. For a link via the current loop interface the maximum distance is 2,000 m. With bus systems an RS 485 interface without electrical isolation must be used. For the remaining devices we recommend an interface with electrical isolation to guarantee secure data exchange #ei /14A Asynchronous RS 232 host interface 124,00 5 2,400 to 19,200 baud. Maximum line length 15m #c}! RS 485 interface (5 and 3-wire) 123,00 Without electrical isolation. Maximum line length 1,200m #c~$ RS 485 interface (5 and 3-wire) 152,00 14 With electrical isolation. Maximum line length 1,200m #ei /27\ Current loop interface 138,00 Maximum line length 2,000m

288 Network components Interface converter #ei /3:w Ethernet interface 230,00 Sense for 10 / 100 Mbit/s. Suitable for ACT, ACS-2, ACS-8, ext. bus controller, TRS-8, TRS #p"_ Reader converter board 79,00 The converter circuit board allows operating third-party readers that are connected to Novar access control panels ACT, ACS-2 and ACS-8. When delivered, the circuit board is mounted to a housing so that it can be installed independent of structural requirements or it can be integrated into the control panel. Reader connection: CLOCK/DATA or Wiegand interface Connection to the access control panel: (adjustable via DIP switch) - RS232 (as reader or reader station ) - RS485 - CLOCK/DATA fort he following reader types: - Deister Wiegand 46Bit - Simons&Voss - HID and HID compatible - information for further readers on request 288

289 Maintenance and Planning Test equipment

290 Maintenance and Planning Test equipment Connection cable for linking PC and interface converter 66,20 #e*a Cable used for connecting a PC with a interface converter or an ACS-8 for hardware setups. Connection plug Length 9-pole/jack - 9-pole/jack 2m PC adapter cable V24 / BUS-2 74,80 "Cc` With three-pole plug connector. For use under Windows 98SE only USB adaptor box 154,00 "Cd /21> This unit is for adapting the USB interface of a PC (universal serial BUS) to a BUS-2 or frame bus and V.24. The adapter box complies with the USB specification 1.1 for full speed devices. Compulsory for BUS-2 or Frame-bus connection under Windows 2000/Windows XP

291 Order forms / Customer service / List of Article Numbers Security indoor service Repair Order form WINMAG plus WINMAG Lite IQ SystemControl / WINFEM-User IQ MultiAccess / MultiAccess Lite

561-MB48. Intruder Alarm Control Panel

561-MB48. Intruder Alarm Control Panel 561-MB48 Intruder Alarm Control Panel Maximum security for all eventualities The intruder alarm control panel 561-MB48 is designed for use in private and commercial buildings and is highly suitable for

More information

Features. Windows management system for hazard detection systems

Features. Windows management system for hazard detection systems Management Systems Features Compatible with Windows XP Professional SP2, Windows of 2003 servers and Windows Vista Modular construction and freely programmable Direct control of the network devices List

More information

561-MB256 plus. Intruder alarm control panel. Performance features

561-MB256 plus. Intruder alarm control panel. Performance features 561-MB256 plus Intruder alarm control panel The intruder alarm control panel 561-MB256 plus is designed for use in private and commercial zones and is highly suitable for setting up medium to large-sized

More information

Pro-Watch Facility Manager

Pro-Watch Facility Manager Connected Building Platform Pro-Watch Facility Manager Alarm management system Alarm management system with new design. is a PC based management system, a technology specifically designed to meet high

More information

Made possible by an innovative licensing scheme, which allows individual hardware configuration, up to the maximum configuration:

Made possible by an innovative licensing scheme, which allows individual hardware configuration, up to the maximum configuration: Security Solutions MB-Secure The modular platform for security solutions The multifunctional control unit series MB-secure is the base platform for integration of intrusion detection, access control and

More information

IQ8Control C Fire Alarm Panel

IQ8Control C Fire Alarm Panel IQ8Control C Fire Alarm Panel State-of-the-art processor technology Maximum cable length for esserbus: 3,500 m Graphics supported, high performance programming tool Innovative alarm signalling by means

More information

Product Datasheet MM8000 MP3.10 Management Station

Product Datasheet MM8000 MP3.10 Management Station Product Datasheet MM8000 MP3.10 Management Station DMS The MM8000 provides a wide array of solutions for the centralisation and management of physical security and control systems. Founded on cutting edge

More information

Product Datasheet MM8000 MP3.15 Management Station

Product Datasheet MM8000 MP3.15 Management Station Product Datasheet MM8000 MP3.15 Management Station DMS The MM8000 provides a wide array of solutions for the centralisation and management of physical security and control systems. Founded on cutting edge

More information

Solution F2. Fire Alarm Control Panels one step ahead.

Solution F2. Fire Alarm Control Panels one step ahead. Solution F2 Fire Alarm Control Panels one step ahead. Sicherheitstechnik Sicherheitstechnik GmbH GmbH The Fire Alarm Control Panel Solution F2 Solution F2 in B2 enclosure (B01090-00) The Concept The Solution

More information

Operation Manual Fighter ProVision Software. Version: 0.0 Revision: 1

Operation Manual Fighter ProVision Software. Version: 0.0 Revision: 1 Operation Manual Fighter ProVision Software Version: 0.0 Revision: 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. Introduction 5 2. Software Installation 5 3. PC Users 6 3.1 Introduction 6 3.2 Default Code 6 3.3 Edit PC User

More information

by Honeywell WINMAG THE ULTIMATE VIGILON TEXT AND GRAPHICS SOFTWARE

by Honeywell WINMAG THE ULTIMATE VIGILON TEXT AND GRAPHICS SOFTWARE WINMAG THE ULTIMATE VIGILON TEXT AND GRAPHICS SOFTWARE by Honeywell WINMAG, The Ultimate Vigilon Text And Graphics Software WINMAG offers the best possible integrated visual data and management solution

More information

Integrated security systems. The security spectrum Systems for comprehensive building security

Integrated security systems. The security spectrum Systems for comprehensive building security Integrated security systems The security spectrum Systems for comprehensive building security Integrated security systems Security to the fourth power Contents 04 M24 integrated security panel 08 M48

More information

PRODUCT CATALOGUE. Cape Town 18 Darter Road Blue Water Estate Kommetjie. Gauteng 245 Louis Botha Avenue Orchards Johannesburg

PRODUCT CATALOGUE.   Cape Town 18 Darter Road Blue Water Estate Kommetjie. Gauteng 245 Louis Botha Avenue Orchards Johannesburg PRODUCT CATALOGUE Cape Town 18 Darter Road Blue Water Estate Kommetjie Luke Fowles - 076 161 8124 luke@providenttech.co.za Frank Fowles - 082 445 1541 frank@providenttech.co.za www.providenttech.co.za

More information

ARCHITECTURAL AND ENGINEERING SPECIFICATION

ARCHITECTURAL AND ENGINEERING SPECIFICATION ARCHITECTURAL AND ENGINEERING SPECIFICATION Access Control System ACTpro Vanderbilt Industries, Clonshaugh Business and Technology Park, Dublin, D17 KV84, Ireland TABLE OF CONTENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 System

More information

Architectural and Engineering Specification for a Security Management System. StarNet 2

Architectural and Engineering Specification for a Security Management System. StarNet 2 Architectural and Engineering Specification for a Security Management System StarNet 2 Jan 2, 2018 Page 1 of 12 AE-S2-IN-R1-EN-01/18 This document is intended to provide performance specifications and

More information

Building Technologies

Building Technologies Building Technologies : simple and secure danger management. Integration increases security! The increasing danger potential for people and assets makes the need for better protection increasingly more

More information

Cardax System Comparison

Cardax System Comparison System Comparison Hardware FT Series 5 Syst Com 131102 Syst Com 131102 2 Contents 1. Introduction... 5 2. System Diagrams... 7 3. Hardware Comparison... 10 4. Comparison... 11 Syst Com 131102 3 Syst Com

More information

Panel Mounted Fault Annunciator Series

Panel Mounted Fault Annunciator Series Panel Mounted Fault Annunciator Series BSM / USM Panel-mounted fault annunciator Annunciators for panel mounting with,,,, 0 and signal inputs Storage of the last state of inputs and sequence in the case

More information

Tech Data Sheet D01662GB0_Esgraf 4.1 and Configuration Server 30/2011 2/(5)

Tech Data Sheet D01662GB0_Esgraf 4.1 and Configuration Server 30/2011 2/(5) Tech Data Sheet D01662GB1_Esgraf 4.1 and Configuration Server 30/2011 1/(5) Esgraf 4.1 graphical user interface, configuration server and fire detectors contamination monitoring Esgraf 4.1 ESGRAF is a

More information

BIS - Overview and basic package

BIS - Overview and basic package Systems BIS - Overview and basic package BIS - Overview and basic package Complete enterprise management for efficient, integrated building and security management in a single solution Consistent use of

More information

ThermoControl 0 C - 10 C - 20 C - 30 C

ThermoControl 0 C - 10 C - 20 C - 30 C ThermoControl Product and Quality Reliability Alarm Functions & Documentation Global Monitoring 0 C - 10 C - 20 C - 30 C Global monitoring: global temperature measurement and real-time monitoring using

More information

NOXSYS A SYSTEM FOR THE HIGHEST LEVEL OF SECURITY

NOXSYS A SYSTEM FOR THE HIGHEST LEVEL OF SECURITY A SYSTEM FOR THE HIGHEST LEVEL OF SECURITY EVERYTHING IN VIEW, EVERYTHING UNDER CONTROL NOXTPA touch control panel 20 20 20 Control unit 2 Control unit 3 Control unit 4 20 Management system NOXSYS 2 17

More information

OJD ITB No Attachment E Duress Alarm Equipment Specifications

OJD ITB No Attachment E Duress Alarm Equipment Specifications Duress Alarm Equipment Specifications PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Duress devices. B. Alarm control panel. C. Signaling devices. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code;

More information

Complexity made simple

Complexity made simple Complexity made simple ICTProtegeGX : Faster, smarter, stronger. Introducing ProtegeGX At ICT we believe the key to great software is doing all the hard thinking up-front so you don t have to. There s

More information

The EN54 Part 2 & 4 Fire System

The EN54 Part 2 & 4 Fire System Scope of work: To design, supply, install and commission an Analogue Addressable Fire Alarm Control System in accordance with the details specified herein and in accordance with supplied drawings The EN54

More information

Cold chain monitoring technologies. Facility monitoring

Cold chain monitoring technologies. Facility monitoring Cold chain monitoring technologies Facility monitoring Advanced wireless data logging system - Cobalt For various controlled environment facilities, equipments and transport conditions, real time monitoring

More information

Patriot Systems Limited

Patriot Systems Limited COPYRIGHT 1997 - The Patriot Systems Ltd. Patriot Alarm Monitoring Automation Package is licensed for use on one computer, by the original person, or company, or organisation whose name is registered with

More information

Advanced FireAlarm Panel 1-4Loop

Advanced FireAlarm Panel 1-4Loop Advanced FireAlarm Panel 1-4Loop Advanced Technologies Advanced Electronics Ltd IP Gateway Monitoring and interrogation via the internet Password protected multiple user permissions Event notification

More information

600 Range Dialer Installation Manual. Version 1.0

600 Range Dialer Installation Manual. Version 1.0 600 Range Dialer Installation Manual Version 1.0 The information contained is supplied without liability for any errors or omissions. No part may be reproduced or used except as authorised by contract

More information

The EN54 Part 2, 4 and 13 Fire System

The EN54 Part 2, 4 and 13 Fire System Scope of work: To design, supply, install and commission an Analogue Addressable Fire Alarm Control System in accordance with the details specified herein and in accordance with supplied drawings The EN54

More information

Solution F1. Fire Control Panels the new generation

Solution F1. Fire Control Panels the new generation Solution F1 Fire Control Panels the new generation Sicherheitstechnik Sicherheitstechnik GmbH GmbH The Fire Alarm Control Panel Solution F1 The Concept The Solution F1 Fire Control Panel range is a new

More information

ACCESS CONTROL SOLUTIONS ACTEC SERIES

ACCESS CONTROL SOLUTIONS ACTEC SERIES ACCESS CONTROL SOLUTIONS ACTEC SERIES CONTENTS Introduction...1 Our Global Solution...2-3 Security and Building Management Architecture ProNet PLUS Software...4-6 The Combination of Power and User Friendliness!...4

More information

GE Security. FP1200, FP2000 and KSA1200 series fire panels, repeaters and emulators Interconnection and wiring

GE Security. FP1200, FP2000 and KSA1200 series fire panels, repeaters and emulators Interconnection and wiring GE Security FP1200, FP2000 and KSA1200 series fire panels, repeaters and emulators Interconnection and wiring Version v2-2 / September 2005 Aritech and Kilsen are GE Security brands. http://www.geindustrial.com/ge-interlogix/emea

More information

Security Alarm Systems

Security Alarm Systems eclipse Security Alarm Systems Contents Introduction 2 System Configuration 3 Control Panels 4 Remote Keypads & Expanders 5 Communication Modules 6 Upload/Download 6 Specifications 7 Introduction Zeta

More information

Tri-Tech Medical Inc.

Tri-Tech Medical Inc. Submittal Data Sheet Project Information Project Number Approval Features The Master Alarm Panel conversion kits are designed to upgrade or retro-fit existing panels produced by several major brands. The

More information

FC700A Fire detection control unit

FC700A Fire detection control unit FC700A Fire detection control unit Synova 4-16 Loop analogue addressable control panel 128 devices per loop (SynoLOOP) and up to 1000 devices per panel Up to 24 collective lines for Synova TM 600 serie

More information

ANNEX A.1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Negotiated Procedure FRA Provision of Security Supplies and Installations

ANNEX A.1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Negotiated Procedure FRA Provision of Security Supplies and Installations ANNEX A. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Negotiated Procedure FRA-2008-2050-0 Provision of Security Supplies and Installations TABLE OF CONTENTS Title of the Contract... 3 2 Required supplies and services...

More information

Parameterisable compact fault annunciator with permanent display

Parameterisable compact fault annunciator with permanent display Parameterisable compact fault annunciator with permanent display FSM 10 Drop-flap fault annunciator 31.08.2010 Permanent display even on power failure Compact module for 10 alarms Supply and alarm signal

More information

Security designed for your lifestyle

Security designed for your lifestyle Security designed for your lifestyle The Paradox Insight : The Big Picture A single CAT5 or higher cable can be used to wire a single HD77 camera. Camera Detector Module HD 720p camera Quad PIR with auto

More information

Integrated Security Solutions

Integrated Security Solutions Integrated Security Solutions Table of Contents Control Panels 4 Keypads 8 Communication Modules 16 I/O Expanders 20 Door Control 24 Home Automation 25 RF Receivers 26 3 Our integrated security solutions

More information

Fire control panel detect 3004 plus and accessories

Fire control panel detect 3004 plus and accessories Fire control panel detect 3004 and accessories The modular fire alarm panel detect 3004 is the basic version of a broad product portfolio of the system detect 3000. Up to 20 fire control panels can be

More information

D3 Wireless temperature alarm & monitoring system family. tek-troniks

D3 Wireless temperature alarm & monitoring system family. tek-troniks D3 Wireless temperature alarm & monitoring system family tek-troniks D3 Wireless temperature alarm & monitoring system family No server or dedicated pc No ongoing cloud costs or licencing fees. Fully web

More information

On the job around the clock 24/7: Fire detection systems

On the job around the clock 24/7: Fire detection systems On the job around the clock 24/7: Fire detection systems Version 02.2010 Version: 02.2010 Product catalogue Fire detection systems This product catalogue is intended for sales purposes only. For planning,

More information

Basic Fire Alarm SystemTraining. Arman Alnasar

Basic Fire Alarm SystemTraining. Arman Alnasar Basic Fire Alarm SystemTraining Arman Alnasar Agenda Introduction to Esser 10 min Product Overview 5 min Control Panels 30 min Detectors 20 min Field Devices Alarm Devices 20min 10 min Management & Interface

More information

Fire control panels FC726 FC726-XA

Fire control panels FC726 FC726-XA Fire control panels FC726 FC726-XA Modular, pre-confectioned, microprocessor-controlled fire control panel for up to max. 1512 device addresses Integrated, user-friendly operating unit Detection and automatic

More information

Control Panel. 1.0 GENERAL SCOPE OF WORK Introduction... 2

Control Panel. 1.0 GENERAL SCOPE OF WORK Introduction... 2 Architectural & Engineering Specifications Control Panel 1.0 GENERAL... 2 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK... 2 1.1.1 Introduction... 2 1.2 GENERAL CONDITIONS... 2 1.2.1 After-Sales Support... 2 1.2.2 Quality assurance...

More information

FC330A-ECO1 Auto-addressing analogue 1-Loop fire detection panel

FC330A-ECO1 Auto-addressing analogue 1-Loop fire detection panel FC330A-ECO1 Auto-addressing analogue 1-Loop fire detection panel Synova Commissioning in no time thanks to automatic address allocation Auto-addressing makes setting dip switches, punch cards, etc. unnecessary

More information

Panel Mounted Fault Annunciator Series

Panel Mounted Fault Annunciator Series Panel Mounted Fault Annunciator Series BSM / USM Panel-mounted fault annunciator Annunciators for panel mounting with 8, 16, 24, 32, 40 and 48 signal inputs Status retention of inputs and sequence in case

More information

Patriot Systems Limited

Patriot Systems Limited COPYRIGHT 1997 - The Patriot Systems Ltd. Patriot Alarm Monitoring Automation Package is licensed for use on one computer, by the original person, or company, or organization whose name is registered with

More information

MobiCall-Client PC Safety at work

MobiCall-Client PC Safety at work MobiCall-Client PC Safety at work MobiCall Client PC offers efficient personal security measures for staff members with PC workstations in threatening situations, as well as a quick alarm transmission

More information

ZXSe Range. Fire Safety. Analogue addressable fire alarm control panel KEY FEATURES. Panel Features

ZXSe Range. Fire Safety. Analogue addressable fire alarm control panel KEY FEATURES. Panel Features Fire Safety ZXSe Range Analogue addressable fire alarm control panel The ZXSe range of analogue addressable fire alarm control panels have been designed and constructed around proven and reliable microprocessor

More information

SI120 Guarto Easy I. Alarm system. Fire & Security Products

SI120 Guarto Easy I. Alarm system. Fire & Security Products Alarm system SI120 Guarto Easy I Central alarm control unit with integrated communicator Simple to program Simple and reliable to operate Flexible Extensive communications Simple to install Alarm receiving

More information

Welcome to a world where technology flows through the heart of your business environment. Welcome to CDC

Welcome to a world where technology flows through the heart of your business environment. Welcome to CDC Welcome to a world where technology flows through the heart of your business environment Welcome to CDC Introduction to Integra 4 Integra configuration 4 Graphical Supervisor 6 Integra difference 8 Integra

More information

ZXSe Range Data Sheet

ZXSe Range Data Sheet ZXSe Range Data Sheet Analogue addressable fire alarm control panel Product Overview The ZXSe range of analogue addressable fire alarm control panels have been designed and constructed around proven and

More information

DATA SHEET BENEFITS CURRENT CHALLENGES SSM INFOTECH S X-FORCE AMS - THE IDEAL SOLUTION

DATA SHEET BENEFITS CURRENT CHALLENGES SSM INFOTECH S X-FORCE AMS - THE IDEAL SOLUTION DATA SHEET BENEFITS Alarm Printers, Report Printer Replacement Better Operator Attention Alarm Rationalization Remote Viewing of Alarms Unlimited Archiving of Alarms\Event Messages Alarm Consolidation

More information

ACTIVE INFRARED BARRIER

ACTIVE INFRARED BARRIER Although PROTECH provides high security indoor intrusion sensors for the military and government markets, our specialty is outdoor protection. Since we first introduced our PIRAMID outdoor dual technology

More information

CAN unit for Analog Sensors

CAN unit for Analog Sensors CAN unit for Analog Sensors Didactum`s Monitoring Systems have many uses: Monitoring of wring closets and server room environments Remote monitoring of technical rooms in branch offices Monitoring of power

More information

Avigilon Control Center System Integration Guide

Avigilon Control Center System Integration Guide Avigilon Control Center System Integration Guide with Gallagher Command Centre INT-CARDAX-C-Rev3 Copyright 2013 Avigilon. All rights reserved. No copying, distribution, publication, modification, or incorporation

More information

Healthy. Atmosphere. for Pigs and Poultry. for a

Healthy. Atmosphere. for Pigs and Poultry. for a Healthy Atmosphere for Pigs and Poultry for a m e t s y s Your Climate ll requirements Alarm Energy Our new 3G product range for a healthy climate in stables for pigs and poultry! The 3G product range

More information

IC60 Sintony 60 Intrusion Control Panel

IC60 Sintony 60 Intrusion Control Panel IC60 Sintony 60 Intrusion Control Panel for home and small businesses Multifunctional intrusion control panel for highest requirements Outstanding modern design Wired or/and wireless peripherals connectable

More information

SC-F3G User Manual 1.0

SC-F3G User Manual 1.0 SC-F3G User Manual 1.0 Table of Contents 1. Introduction... 3 2. Functions... 3 3. Features... 3 4. Package Contents... 3 5. Device Configuration... 4 6. Status LED signals... 5 7. Before You Start...

More information

A Soft (R)evolution. For a flexible future: modular fire alarm technology by ESSER

A Soft (R)evolution. For a flexible future: modular fire alarm technology by ESSER A Soft (R)evolution For a flexible future: modular fire alarm technology by ESSER A new outlook for the future: F uture-oriented fire alarm systems need to fulfill a complex range of requirements, including

More information

Smart Wireless Sensor

Smart Wireless Sensor Smart Wireless Sensor G7 G7 creates the IoT platform of sensor data exchange and integration 64 wireless sensors each station * temperature, humidity, analog sensors, or digital alarm Windows / ios / Android

More information

CV-350 TCP/IP Access Control System. System Overview

CV-350 TCP/IP Access Control System. System Overview CV-350 TCP/IP Access Control System System Overview July 2015 Open Product Access Camden delivers the power of advanced IP access control differently than our competitors! - All product sales exclusively

More information

GMS GRAPHICAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

GMS GRAPHICAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM GMS GRAPHICAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 1 GMS Security management system for multi-site organizations. PACOM Graphical Management System (GMS) is the modular client-server application that integrates all of PACOM

More information

ZXe INTELLIGENT MULTI PROTOCOL FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL

ZXe INTELLIGENT MULTI PROTOCOL FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL ZXe INTELLIGENT MULTI PROTOCOL FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL PRODUCT Specification FEATURES Designed To Meet The Requirements Of EN54 Expandable From 1 To 5 Loops As Standard A Variety Of Networking Options

More information

CCU Family of Modules

CCU Family of Modules The CCUNet range of products, when integrated with XL, provide fire network amalgamation for various differing fire networks. Rapid and effective monitoring and control is provided via multi-drop secure

More information

Access CONTROL. MANAGEMENT Software

Access CONTROL. MANAGEMENT Software Software Guide Access CONTROL MANAGEMENT Software Engineered to meet today s demands and tomorrow s challenges, Keyscan s System VII software delivers unique features to provide an access control solution

More information

FC330A-ECO Auto-addressing analogue 1-Loop fire detection panel

FC330A-ECO Auto-addressing analogue 1-Loop fire detection panel FC330A-ECO Auto-addressing analogue 1-Loop fire detection panel Synova TM Commissioning in no time thanks to automatic address allocation Auto-addressing makes setting dip switches unnecessary Automatic

More information

ACCESS CONTROL A SAFE ENVIRONMENT THROUGH SECURED ACCESS

ACCESS CONTROL A SAFE ENVIRONMENT THROUGH SECURED ACCESS A SAFE ENVIRONMENT THROUGH SECURED ACCESS TAKE TOTAL CONTROL OF - WITH HIKVISION When you re installing Access Control systems, there s a lot on your mind and there s a lot riding on your product decisions.

More information

Master devices. Type X-AIR-ZMAS. Zone master module for up to 25 zone modules, with integral webserver and interfaces to higher-level systems

Master devices. Type X-AIR-ZMAS. Zone master module for up to 25 zone modules, with integral webserver and interfaces to higher-level systems X X testregistrierung Type Web server, also for mobile devices Zone modules Zone master module for up to 25 zone modules, with integral webserver and interfaces to higher-level systems X-AIRCONTROL zone

More information

Combined CAN Sensor Unit Temperature, Humidity and Smoke

Combined CAN Sensor Unit Temperature, Humidity and Smoke Combined CAN Sensor Unit Temperature, Humidity and Smoke Didactum`s IP-based monitoring devices have many uses: Monitoring of wiring closets and server room environments Remote monitoring of technical

More information

IRIS Touch Firmware Enhancements and Additions from Version to Version

IRIS Touch Firmware Enhancements and Additions from Version to Version Overview IRIS Touch Firmware Enhancements and Additions from Version 1.14.3 to Version 1.19.1 This document details enhancements to the feature set of the IRIS Touch from firmware Version 1.14.3 to Version

More information

PRODUCT CATALOGUE. Cape Town 18 Darter Road Blue Water Estate Kommetjie. Gauteng 245 Louis Botha Avenue Orchards Johannesburg

PRODUCT CATALOGUE.   Cape Town 18 Darter Road Blue Water Estate Kommetjie. Gauteng 245 Louis Botha Avenue Orchards Johannesburg PRODUCT CATALOGUE Cape Town 18 Darter Road Blue Water Estate Kommetjie Luke Fowles - 076 161 8124 luke@providenttech.co.za Frank Fowles - 082 445 1541 frank@providenttech.co.za www.providenttech.co.za

More information

BMS Specification. Lonix Ltd.

BMS Specification. Lonix Ltd. BMS Specification 1 (18) BMS Specification Lonix Ltd www.lonix.com BMS Specification 2 (18) INDEX 1 System Architecture...3 1.1 System Integration...3 1.2 Layered System Architecture...3 1.2.1 Service

More information

Instructions manual. By-alarm. By-alarm Manager software

Instructions manual. By-alarm. By-alarm Manager software Instructions manual By-alarm By-alarm Manager software Index 1. Procedure for the complete programming of the By-alarm system 5 Operations to be carried out prior to the programming with By-Alarm Manager

More information

Common Questions & Answers

Common Questions & Answers Common Questions & Answers Summary of Advantages Honeywell has proven manufacturing and design capability, distribution expertise and the field training/support necessary for a successful partnership with

More information

UEZ 2000/1 LSN, UEZ 2000 LSN, Intrusion Control Centers

UEZ 2000/1 LSN, UEZ 2000 LSN, Intrusion Control Centers Intrusion Systems UEZ 2000/1 LSN, UEZ 2000 LSN, Intrusion Control Centers UEZ 2000/1 LSN, UEZ 2000 LSN, Intrusion Control Centers Up to 6 UEZ LSNs can be networked with system loop technology (SRT) Fire

More information

Success Story Henkel. A WinGuard Reference Project

Success Story Henkel. A WinGuard Reference Project Success Story Henkel A WinGuard Reference Project PETER GIESEN Head of Corporate Emergency Dispatch and Service Center "It was our intention to continue working with different manufacturers of technical

More information

Web Services are based on Apache and Tomcat servers. The html/jsp (tags, beans) are fully customisable and extendable.

Web Services are based on Apache and Tomcat servers. The html/jsp (tags, beans) are fully customisable and extendable. New thinking Sentus Automation is able to control and manipulate data at ease whilst delivering a low cost per point return. XML interface: Information can be exported/viewed by an unlimited number of

More information

Med Touch Master Alarm

Med Touch Master Alarm Submittal Data Sheet Features The Powerex Med Touch Master Alarm Panel monitors and displays normal and alarm conditions from up to 128 remote medical gas source signals and provides alarm conditions as

More information

GLOBAL. InstallatIon & operation manual

GLOBAL. InstallatIon & operation manual InstallatIon & operation manual INDEX 1. INTRODUCTION... 5 2. FEATURES AND FUNCTIONS 2.1 Reporting Options... 2.2 Interfaces... 2.3 Programming... 2.4 Indicators and Controls...... 6 6 6 6 6 3. INSTALLATION...

More information

Smart Wireless Sensor

Smart Wireless Sensor Smart Wireless Sensor G7 G7 creates the IoT platform of sensor data exchange and integration 64 wireless sensors each station * temperature, humidity, analog sensors, or digital alarm Windows / ios / Android

More information

MINERVA. Marine. Fire Detection. MX T2000 Panel Range. Features: MINERVA Marine Panel Range

MINERVA. Marine. Fire Detection. MX T2000 Panel Range. Features: MINERVA Marine Panel Range Fire Detection MINERVA Marine MX T2000 Panel Range Features: Enhances fire detection and eliminates unwanted alarms using fuzzy logic Assists fire fighting and training by providing on-screen risk management

More information

PotterNet Fire & Facility Supervising Station

PotterNet Fire & Facility Supervising Station Features Connect up to 1000 Potter panels in a single building, local campus, or multiple sites worldwide using LAN/WAN/Internet Native Ethernet networking connectivity with fire panels and client stations,

More information

Typical applications include the vibration detector. Detection of vibrations and shocks

Typical applications include the vibration detector. Detection of vibrations and shocks Didactum`s IP-based monitoring devices have many uses: Monitoring of wiring closets and server room environments Remote monitoring of technical rooms in branch offices Monitoring of power supply systems

More information

IntesisBox BACnet/IP Server - Notifier ID3000 series

IntesisBox BACnet/IP Server - Notifier ID3000 series IntesisBox Server - Notifier ID3000 series Gateway for integration of Notifier ID3000, ID3002, ID50 and ID60 fire panels into enabled control systems. Integrate your Notifier fire panels into your BACnet

More information

New dimensions in fire detection technology FlexES control: the dawning of a flexible, trendsetting system

New dimensions in fire detection technology FlexES control: the dawning of a flexible, trendsetting system New dimensions in fire detection technology FlexES control: the dawning of a flexible, trendsetting system Flexible: the concept One control panel many possibilities Fire protection solutions are as individual

More information

EC-BOS-602/616 AX Security

EC-BOS-602/616 AX Security D a t a s h e e t EC-BOS-602/616 AX Security Comprehensive, easy-to-use Access Control management solution Overview The heart of EC-Net AX Security is the EC- BOS-602/616 AX Security, an advanced IP-based

More information

SCC Inc. Master Panel. Specifications. Document No. TS 2010 February 11, Product Description. Sample Specification

SCC Inc. Master Panel. Specifications. Document No. TS 2010 February 11, Product Description. Sample Specification February 11, 2019 Master Panel Product Description The Master Panel shall provide lead/lag control and time based, automatic rotation of up to eight (8) boilers, when used in conjunction with LMV3 or LMV5

More information

TrueAlarm Fire Alarm Systems

TrueAlarm Fire Alarm Systems TrueAlarm Fire Alarm Systems UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; Fire Alarm Network Annunciators; FM Approved* TrueSite Incident Commander; Version 3.03 Features TrueSite Incident Commander provides 4100ES mounting

More information

Upgrade of PSTN network Alarm System

Upgrade of PSTN network Alarm System Upgrade of PSTN network Alarm System Introduction Network alarm system is a variety of transmission channels to transmit protection areas information to security service center quickly and accurately,

More information

RAYCHEM NGC-30 COMPONENTS

RAYCHEM NGC-30 COMPONENTS PANEL MOUNTED ELECTRONIC MULTI-CIRCUIT HEAT-TRACING CONTROL, MONITORING AND POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM PRODUCT OVERVIEW CABLE DUCT Card Rack Modules TERMINAL STRIP PLINTH MAIN SWITCH 800 mm USER INTERFACE

More information

KELTRON LS 7000 ALARM MANAGEMENT SYSTEM Keltron Alarm Monitoring, Dispatch, and Reporting Software

KELTRON LS 7000 ALARM MANAGEMENT SYSTEM Keltron Alarm Monitoring, Dispatch, and Reporting Software KELTRON LS 7000 ALARM MANAGEMENT SYSTEM Keltron Alarm Monitoring, Dispatch, and Reporting Software OVERVIEW The Keltron LS 7000 Alarm Management System software and computers make up the dispatch portion

More information

TOOLS 8000 SOFTWARE FOR THE ENTIRE LIFE CYCLE OF YOUR FIRE DETECTION SYSTEMS

TOOLS 8000 SOFTWARE FOR THE ENTIRE LIFE CYCLE OF YOUR FIRE DETECTION SYSTEMS TOOLS 8000 SOFTWARE FOR THE ENTIRE LIFE CYCLE OF YOUR FIRE DETECTION SYSTEMS ONE SOFTWARE FOR ALL TASKS tools 8000 is the complete software tool for your fire detection systems. It accompanies you during

More information

PANEL MOUNTED ELECTRONIC MULTI-CIRCUIT HEAT-TRACING CONTROL, MONITORING AND POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM mm. 100 mm

PANEL MOUNTED ELECTRONIC MULTI-CIRCUIT HEAT-TRACING CONTROL, MONITORING AND POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM mm. 100 mm PANEL MOUNTED ELECTRONIC MULTI-CIRCUIT HEAT-TRACING CONTROL, MONITORING AND POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM Card Rack Modules CABLE DUCT MAIN SWITCH 800 mm USER INTERFACE TERMINAL PRODUCT OVERVIEW The nvent

More information

Fig.: A fire in a server room or data center may cause devastating damage. Protect your infrastructure.

Fig.: A fire in a server room or data center may cause devastating damage. Protect your infrastructure. Didactum`s IP-based monitoring devices have many uses: Monitoring of wiring closets and server room environments Remote monitoring of technical rooms in branch offices Monitoring of power supply systems

More information

Clino Guard. Intelligent Life Care. Solutions for safe and efficient care

Clino Guard. Intelligent Life Care. Solutions for safe and efficient care Clino Guard Intelligent Life Care Solutions for safe and efficient care Clino Guard more time for excellent care Rising costs, staff shortages and an aging society are just three of the many reasons why

More information

FI6000 INSTRUCTION MANUAL. Thank you for choosing another quality product from Amperes Electronics. Fire Alarm Interface

FI6000 INSTRUCTION MANUAL. Thank you for choosing another quality product from Amperes Electronics. Fire Alarm Interface INSTRUCTION MANUAL FI6000 Fire Alarm Interface Thank you for choosing another quality product from Amperes Electronics. FI6000 is a phase evacuation controller which can be integrated with various Amperes

More information

TrueAlarm Fire Alarm Systems

TrueAlarm Fire Alarm Systems TrueAlarm Fire Alarm Systems UL, ULC, CSFM Listed; FM Approved* Features TrueSite Incident Commander provides 4100ES mounting for the Simplex TrueSite Workstation: All-in-one touchscreen computer/monitor

More information